Home

Canon IR 1200, 1300 Service Manual

1. Reader unit Laser scanner unit E 511 Manual feed tray pickup solenoid SL2 E T i Mai i Original Registration delivery Copyboard Contact sensor Fan notor driver Scanner sensor sensor sensor cover open close home position Ga Mi tor driven Laser driver sensor i Li LCD Membrane Pae Fer PRA Reader motor Sensor Contact sensor 5 Go ll BDPCB M2 Mert i Ma TI 2661 i J504 i 1 213 121 J801 HE X poem AN emeren 81211 HAE RRSTSTZ I STSTST2TI nA J i uni Reader unit e 5 F m euo slide
2. 6 F05 201 22 8 Free the 3 hooks 7 8 9 Disconnect the 3 connectors 8 and de tach the harness 9 9 7 F05 201 23 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 5 15 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 10 Remove the 7 screws 10 and detach the main motor unit 11 5 16 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC 10 11 10 F05 201 24 CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 2 1 5 Remove the Fan 1 Remove the upper cover See 2 1 1 8 2 Remove the printer controller PCB See 2 2 5 3 Remove the NCU PCB if equipped with fax functions See 2 2 6 4 Remove the modular jack PCB if equipped with fax functions See 2 2 7 5 Remove the 6 screws 1 and detach the plate 2 F05 201 25 6 Remove the 5 screws 3 and detach the plate 4 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 4 F05 201 26 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 7 Disconnect the connector 5 8 Remove the 2 screws 6 and detach the fan unit 7 9 Remo
3. 1 S ET cee CI J317 J309 310 J311 1 J312 J314 J316 Cc 3318 VR900 u352 Jar J308 BAT2 J3217 l oar _ 04320 J11 BAT1 ca rar M J304J307 J303 J302 J301 F07 603 01 JP1 jumper plug for power used by battery to back up memory control data user data service mode data battery used to back up memory SRAM control data service mode data user mode data BAT2 battery used to back up memory SDRAM fax images 1 If equipped with ADF functions 2 If equipped with fax functions COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 7 109 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 6 3 2 DC Controller PCB i PS101 LI J203 202 J201 1 04 205 Q o 1 0 210 207 i J252 qr PS103 VR102 J209 A Il J208 PS102 0 F07 603 02 VRIOI for factory adjustment VR102 for factory adjustment 7 110 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 APPENDIX COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 APPENDIX 1 General Timing Chart book mode A4 2 copies Direct cassette Pow
4. Cassette pickup solenoid 3 Specific country region models only A 3 APPENDIX A 4 Blank page COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 IR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 APPENDIX 3 List of Special Tools The following tools are required in addition to the standard set of tools when servicing the machine No Tool name Tool No 1 Digital multimeter FY9 2002 2 NA 3 Test Sheet FY9 9196 Rank A Every service person is expected to carry one Remarks For making electrical checks For adjusting checking images COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 A 5 APPENDIX 4 List of Solvents and Oils No Name Use Composition Remarks 1 Alcohol Cleaning e g glass Fluoride family Do not bring near fire plastic rubber ex hydrocarbon alco Procure locally ternal covers hol surface activat IPA isopropyl alcohol may be ing agent water substituted 2 Lube Lubricating e g Polyalphaolefinoil Tool No HY9 0007 MOLYKOTE contact sensor drive lithium soap EM 50L rail drive assembly polybutene Grease hinge of the manual feed tray ADF deliv ery roller and pick up shaft of the ADF 3 Electricity Lubricating e g Tool No 8006 grease IF 20 connection of the vertical path roller and the gear con nection of the deliv ery r
5. 07 30 2001 17 52 FAX l 001 ko ko ko ko ko k k kk MEMORY CLEAR REPORT ck ck ck ck ck ck cock ck ko ko ko ko ko k k ok kk MEMORY FILES DELETED TX RX NO MODE DESTINATION TEL ID PGS SET TIME ST TIME 0002 DELAYED TX 1 07 80 13 51 13 59 0002 DELAYED TX 1 07 80 13 51 13 51 0002 MEMORY RX 1 07 30 13 53 0002 MEMORY RX 107 30 13 54 x F04 802 02 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 4 37 CHAPTER 4 OPERATION 8 2 2 Back Up Data 8 2 2 1 Types of Data The types of data backed up by the data back up lithium batteries BAT1 BAT2 on the image processor PCB are as follows a b and c are stored in the SRAM backed up by while d is the data stored in the SDRAM backed up by BAT2 a User Data Item register set 1 data register 2 telephone number register b Service Mode Data Item 1 SSSW 2 MENU 3 NUMERIC Param 74A SPECIAL HAB NCU 4 ISDN 5 TYPE 6 SCANNER 7 PRINTER 8 PDL 9 COUNTER 10 REPORT 11 DOWN LOAD 12 CLEAR 13 ROM 14 CS SET 4 38 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC Description various settings of reception transmission mode one touch dial etc T04 802 01 Description error control echo remedy etc NL equalizer transmission level etc FAX TEL switch parameter etc not used normally not used normal
6. 2 2 7 Removing the Modular Jack PCB 1 Remove the rear cover See 2 1 1 1 2 Disconnect the connector 1 3 Remove the screw 2 and detach the modular jack PCB 3 1 amp w T HNONONCIN 2 2 2 8 Removing the Sensor Relay PCB 1 Remove the front cover See 2 1 1 4 2 Remove the 3 connectors 1 SJ Jy Y Remove the sensor relay PCB 2 7 F05 202 22 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 5 31 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 2 3 Original Reading Processing System 2 3 1 Removing the Contact Sensor 1 Remove the copyboard glass See 2 1 3 2 Remove the 2 spacer 1 3 Shift up the contact sensor 2 and dis connect the connector 3 4 Remove the contact sensor 2 2 PS NMG 3 F05 203 02 5 32 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 2 3 2 Removing the Reader Motor Drive Unit 1 Remove the copyboard glass See 2 1 3 2 Free the contact sensor 1 from the drive belt 2 3 Using a flat blade screwdriver remove the cover 3 and remove the screw 4 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC 2 F05 203 03 mie ee F05 208 04 CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 5 33 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 4 Slide the reader unit to the left 5
7. A Function gt 09 Fax Monitor R Redial Pause Memory d Reference Coded Dial Report Tone ae 3 D x Ce 7 Space eceive Mode 00 0 22 Book Sending x Resolution O 2 n 22 ees ns A L El J M K C Same as LCD indications F02 321 15 Key Correspondence for Control Key Test 2 if equipped with fax functions 9 8 7 ELIT Function a Fax Monitor R 7 2 e Redial Pause Memo CD Reference _ Coded Dial oded Dial e 1E 709 5 Report Tone 4 Directory HE OF Delayed Space Receive Mode s Of Book Sending Delete Fax Resolution 6 Clear TL 2 lle a b F02 321 16 2 92 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE The following is the flow of work for the control panel test 6 7 OPERATION PANEL LCD test Press the Start key HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH c er H is indicated HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH arac er H IS indicated Press the Start key Y TTT TTT TTT Tir yyy ity mmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmm E Screen turns totally black Press the Start key All LED lamps go ON LED lamp test Press the Start key 0 123456789 ABCDE
8. 6 2 4 1 Cleaning by the User machine 6 2 4 1 1 Cleaning the Fixing Pressure Rc 6 2 4 1 2 Other 1 6 2 4 2 Cleaning by the User ADP 6 3 4 2 1 Cleaning the White Roller6 3 4 2 2 Other 6 3 4 3 Cleaning at Time of a Service Visit machine 6 4 4 3 1 Selfoc Lens Array of the Contact 6 4 4 3 2 Cassette Pickup Roller 6 5 4 3 3 Manual Feed Pickup Roller 6 5 4 3 4 Separation Pad 6 5 4 3 5 Registration Roller 6 5 4 3 6 Transfer 6 5 4 3 7 Transfer Charging Roller 6 5 4 3 8 Separation Static Eliminator 6 5 4 3 0 Paper 6 5 4 3 10 Fixing Inlet Guide 6 5 4 3 11 Fixing Pressure Roller 6 5 4 3 12 Delivery 6 6 4 3 13 Back of Copyboard Glass Back of Shading Plate 6 6 4 4 Cleaning at Time of a Service Visit 6 7 4 4 1 Original Pickup Roller 6 7 4 4 2 Original Separation Roller 6 7 4 4 3 Original Separation Pad 6 7 4 4 4 ADF Registration Roller 6 7 4 4 5 Original Feed Roller 6 7 4 4 6 Original Delivery Roller 6 7 4 4 7 Copyboard Glass Original Reading Area 6 8 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 1 Standards and Adjus
9. 4 3 7 1 1 Low Voltage Power Supply 4 31 7 1 2 Protective Functions 4 33 7 2 High Voltage Power Supply Circuit 4 33 7 3 Controlling the ESS M ChAMISNE sn 4 33 7 3 1 ea 4 33 15 2 Operation 4 33 MO M 4 34 SA es au 4 34 Mel ONDE nn 4 34 8 2 Back Up 4 35 8 2 1 Back Up Function 4 35 6 21 1 Outlines 4 35 8 2 1 2 Lithium Battery 4 35 8 2 1 3 Vanadium Lithium Second ary Battery BAT2 4 37 8 22 Back Up 4 38 8 2 2 1 Types of Data 4 38 8 2 2 2 Printing the Backup D ta ist spas 4 40 9 ADF if equipped with ADF THHBLIOHS ne 4 4 DL ONE mme 4 41 9 2 Picking Up and Moving OBS ne 4 42 90 2 1 Outline 4 42 9 2 2 Moving Down the Original Pickup Roller and Moving Up the Original Stopper 4 43 9 3 Detecting an Original Jam 4 44 DM MES Ui ee 4 44 9 3 2 Types of 7 4 44 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 1 Points to Note When Disassembling Assembling the Machine 5 1 5 4 2 1 Externals Auxiliary System 5 4 2 1 1 External Covers 5 4 2 1 1 1 Removing the Left Cover Rear CONBI i 5 5 2 1 1 2 Removing the Right sms 5 5 2 1 1 3 Removing the Toner Supply Cover
10. A machine of the user B machine of the other party C test machine within the same block Bx best if of the same model as A Check A Check A OK Check B Check the line and the line OK Check B and the line Check the line F07 405 01 7 52 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 4 5 2 Service Error Code Output If 1 is set to service data 1 SSSW SWOI bit 0 an appropriate service error code will be indicated on the following reports if a communication ends in error communication control report reception result report error transmission report When an error occurs you can generate a system dump list in service mode to check the code 4 5 3 Error Codes The error codes used in the machine are defined as follows 4 5 3 1 Transmission Level ATT No 07 of Service Soft Switch 2 MENU Increase the transmission level Increase the setting so that it is closer to 0 dBm At 0 dBm the LCD indicates 0 Decrease the transmission level Decrease the setting so that it is closer to 15 dBm At 15 dBm the LCD indicates 15 4 5 3 2 NL Equalizer No 05 of Service Soft Switch 2 MENU e Adjust the NL equalizer Select ON 4 5 3 3 Transmission Page Timer SW12 of Service Soft Switch 1 SSSW Increase the page timer setting To set both transmission and reception to the same time out length set SW12 as f
11. Solid black area Glossy area F07 101 01 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 7 1 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING lt Using LTR Paper gt 279mm Feeding direction REL Solid black area Glossy area F07 101 02 Dimension 5 5 0 5 mm 0 5 mm or less 0 5 mm or less 0 5 mm or less T07 101 01 7 2 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 1 2 Making Adjustments 1 2 1 Making Adjustments When Replacing Major Parts You need to make the following adjustments whenever you have replaced the machine s major parts Be sure to make the appropriate adjustments if you have replaced a specific major part Part replaced Item of adjustment Image processor PCB all adjustments including ADF adjustment Contact sensor contact sensor LED intensity auto adjustment To replace the image processor PCB be sure to work according to the in structions given for the replacement of the image processor PCB See 1 4 1 of Chapter 7 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 7 3 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 1 2 2 Preparing a Test Sheet for Adjustment You will need to prepare a test sheet as follows for adjustments except contact sensor LED intensity auto adjustment refer to F07 102 01 and F07 102 02 for the specifics Preparing a Test Sheet a sheet of A4 or LTR pa
12. control Bit Function 1 0 Factory setting 0 service error code output do not output 0 1 error dump list output do not output 0 2 not used 3 not used 4 not used 5 not used 6 not used 7 user setting restriction do not impose impose 0 Bit 0 Use it to specify whether or not to generate a service error code If set to 1 a service er ror code will be indicated on the report Bit 1 Use it to specify whether or not to generate an error dump list When set to 1 an error dump list will be attached to an error TX report or a RX report generated in the event of an error Bit 7 Use it to impose or not impose restrictions on user settings If set to 0 certain items can not be set by the user depending on the country setting If set to 1 on the other hand all items may be set by the user regardless of the country setting 2 32 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE SSSW SWO02 network connection conditions setting Bit Function 1 0 Factory setting 0 start up at memory clear list out prohibit do not prohibit 0 put fault 1 not used 2 not used 3 not used 4 not used 5 not used 6 not used 7 not used Bit 0 Use it to specify whether or not to put the machine in standby state if the memory clear list is not generated when the power is turned on after an error h
13. 4 Press the OK key 3 NUMERIC Param 001 0 5 Registering Setting Data Enter the data using the keypad and press the OK key 3 NUMERIC Param 001 6 Selecting a Menu Item Press the Left or Right Arrow key 10 Y 3 NUMERIC Param 002 10 7 Press the Stop key Additional Functions key to end service mode F02 302 01 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 2 23 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 2 24 3 3 List of Service Mode Menus service data 1 SSSW_ SWO1 service soft SW02 switch settings _ SWO3 SW04 SWO5 SWO06 SWO7 SWO08 SWO9 SW10 SW11 SW12 SW13 t SW14 00010000 00000000 00000000 10000000 00000000 10010000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000010 00000000 00000001 SW15 00000000 SW24 SW25 SW26 SW27 SW28 SW29 SW30 SW31 SW32 SW33 SW34 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 Y SW50 00000000 error copy control network connection setting echo remedy setting communication fault remedy setting standard function DIS signal setting read conditions setting not used not used not used not used not used 1 page timer setting not used by default paper type metric inch switch over not used 0 report indication function setti
14. 5 6 2 1 1 4 Removing the Front COVER er 5 7 2 1 1 5 Removing the Delivery COVED 5 7 2 1 1 6 Removing the Delivery Upper Cover Delivery Rear COVOL 5 8 2 1 1 7 Removing the Cartridge COVBI eee are een 5 8 2 1 1 8 Removing the Upper COVER ere 5 9 2 1 1 9 Removing the Right LOI 5 11 viii COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC 2 1 2 Removing the Control Panel ss NEUES 5 11 2 1 3 Removing the Copyboard GlASS C PH 5 13 2 1 4 Removing the Main Motor quis 5 14 2 15 Remove Fam oon 5 17 2 1 6 Removing the Reader Unit Slide Detecting Switch 5 19 2 1 7 Removing the Toner Supply Cover SWIICD ina 5 20 2 1 8 Removing the Humidity S DSOP nn 5 20 2 1 9 Removing the Toner Bottle SENSO 5 21 2 1 10 Removing the Waste Toner Full SGH SOR erreen 5 21 2 2 PCBS nent 5 22 2 2 1 Removing the Image Processor PCR 5 22 2 2 2 Removing the Analog Processor PCB 5 23 2 2 3 Removing the Sensor PO too 5 25 CANON iR1200 1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CONTENTS COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC 2 2 4 Removing the DC Controller PCB Power Supply PCB 5 26 2 2 5 Removing the Printer Controller PCB 5 30 2 2 6 Removing the NCU PCB if equipped with fax uic HONS ina 5 31 2 2 7 Removing the Modular Jack PC MS 5 31 2 2 8 Removing the Sensor Relay PUB Lue er ee eee 5 31 2 3 Original Readin
15. 2 50 3 7 SPECIAL Setting PIA SPECIAL js 2 55 CANON iR1200 1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 V CONTENTS 3 8 NCU Setting 4B NCU 2 55 3 21 6 MODEM NCU Test 3 9 ISDN Setting 4C ISDN 2 55 4 MODEM NCU 2 84 3 10 Country Region of Installation 3 21 6 1 Relay 2 84 5 TYPE amenant 2 55 3 21 6 2 Frequency Test ee 2 85 3 11 Setting the Original Reading 3 21 6 3 G3 Signal Transmission Functions 6 SCANNER 2 56 LCL ER 2 85 3 12 Setting the Printer Parameters 3 21 6 4 DTMF Signal Transmission 7 PRINTER 2 57 MER 2 86 3 12 1 1 SSSW Setting 2 57 3 21 6 5 Tonal DTMF Signal 3 12 2 2 NUMERIC Param Reception Test 2 86 Setini ooe 2 59 3 21 6 6 V 34 G3 signal transmission 3 12 3 3 PRINT COUNT ss 2 59 ES MTM C 2 87 3 12 4 4 PRINT RESET 2 59 3 21 7 AGING Test 3 12 5 5 MLT CLEANING 2 59 5 AGING 2 88 3 13 PDL 88 2 59 3 21 8 FACULTY function Test 3 14 Counter 9 COUNTER 2 60 6 FACULTY TEST 1 2 88 3 14 1 Counter ns 2 60 3 21 9 BOOK Read Test 3 14 2 Clearing the Counter 8 BOOK TEST te 2 94 Readings 1222 etra 2 61 3 22 Service 2 95 3 15 Generating a Report 3 22 Manually Generating 810 2 61 2 95 3 16 Downloading 3 22 1 1 SYSTEM SERVICE 11 DOWNLOAD
16. 4 ADD REGISTRATION 1 1 TOUCH SPD DIAL 01 12 1 TEL NUMBER ENTRY 2 NAME 3 OPTIONAL SETTING ON 1 TX TIME SETTING 1 5 2 TX TYPE REGULAR TX SUBADDRESS TX 1 PASSWORD 2 SUBADDRESS POLLING RX 1 PASSWORD 2 SUBADDRESS OFF 2 CODED SPD DIAL 00 99 1 TEL NUMBER ENTRY 2 NAME 3 OPTIONAL SETTING ON 1 TX TIME SETTING 2 TX TYPE REGULAR TX SUBADDRESS TX 1 PASSWORD 2 SUBADDRESS POLLING RX 1 PASSWORD 2 SUBADDRESS OFF 3 GROUP DIAL 01 12 1 TEL NUMBER ENTRY 2 NAME 3 TX TIME SETTING 1 5 1 Only if equipped with fax functions COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 2 15 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 5 TIMER SETTINGS 1 DATE TIME SETTING 2 AUTO CLEAR ON AUTO CLEAR TIME 1 9MIN 2 OFF 3 ENERGY SAVER ON ENERGY SVR TIME 03 30MIN 5 OFF 4 DAILY TIMER SET 1 SUN 2 MON 3 TUE 4 WED 5 THU 6 FRI 7 SAT 5 DATE SETUP YYYY MM DD MM DD YYYY DD MM YYYY 6 ADJUST CLEAN 1 ROLLER CLEANING 2 CLEAN ADF ROLLER 3 RESTART PRINTER 4 MIX TONER 1 Only if equipped with ADF functions 2 16 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 7 PRINT LISTS 1 USER DATA 2 SPEED DIAL LIST 1 1 TOUCH LIST 1 NO SORT 2 SORT 2 CODED DIAL LIST 1 NO SORT 2 SORT 3 1 TOUCH DETAIL 1 NO SORT 2 SORT 4 CODED DETAIL 1 NO SORT 2 SORT 5 GROUP DIAL LIST 3 CANCEL REPORT Only if equipped with fax functions 8 C
17. Lithium battery Jumper plug BAT1 JP1 F04 802 01 4 36 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 4 OPERATION 8 2 1 3 Vanadium Lithium Secondary Battery BAT2 The data backed up by the vanadium lithium secondary battery BAT2 is image data used for fax transmission reception and it does not include the image data for memory copying Back up time about 2 hr assuming that the machine is kept ON for 5 day or more un der normal temperature pressure conditions Battery life about 5 yr or after repeating charging and discharging 40 times at 100 If the backup data cannot be stored longer than half the indicated period even after the machine has been powered for 5 day or longer under normal temperature and atmospheric conditions suspect that the battery has reached the end of its life SDRAM will be lost To prevent loss of image data for service work or re location be sure to print out the image data stored in SDRAM before start ing the work If the foregoing back up time is exceeded the image data stored in B Memory Clear List zB If the memory clear list is automatically printed when the machine is turned Memo on the image data indicated on the list is the data that was lost without back up After the list is printed the image data storage and the control in formation will automatically be deleted The following is a sample of the memory clear list
18. 3 Laser Exposure System 3 1 Outline The laser scanner unit consists of the following major components laser unit which serves as the source of laser beam laser scanner motor equipped with a 4 face mirror for laser scanning Jaser driver BD PCB used to detect laser beam or to control emission of laser beam The laser beam generated by the laser unit based on the signals from the DC controller PCB moves through the collimator lens inside the laser unit and the cylindrical lens to reach a 4 face polygon mirror rotating at a constant speed When reflected by the 4 face polygon mirror the laser beam moves through the imaging lens and is bent by the reflecting mirror to reach the photosensitive drum At this time the laser beam also is directed to the BD circuit of the laser driver BD PCB F04 301 01 As the 4 face polygon mirror rotates at a constant speed the laser beam scans the surface of the photosensitive drum at a constant speed thereby removing charges and forming static images 4 14 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 4 OPERATION 4 face mirror Imaging lens Laser driver BD PCB Laser scanner motor Cylindrical lens Reflecting mirror Laser unit Laser driver block Image signal x VDO VDO Photosensitive drum Image processor PCB ot co 5 2 2 ag cw w o gt 85 5 5 Mes
19. ADF registration roller White roller Original feed roller F04 902 01 4 42 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 4 OPERATION 9 2 2 Moving Down the Original Pickup Roller and Moving Up the Original Stopper The original pickup roller is kept in up position during standby thereby ensuring a gap used to accommodate a stack of originals The original stopper is kept in down position dur ing standby to prevent the original from sliding too far inside the machine when it is placed When the ADF motor M3 rotates counterclockwise to start original pickup operation the drive of the timing belt moves down the original pickup roller and at the same time the original stopper starts to move up causing an original to be picked up and sent inside the machine Original stopper Timing belt feed direction Original pickup roller F04 902 02 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 4 43 CHAPTER 4 OPERATION 9 3 Detecting an Original Jam 9 3 1 Outline The ADF is equipped with 2 sensors to detect original jams The CPU on the host machine s image processor PCB checks the presence of paper over the sensor at such times as stored in advance if it identifies a jam it turns off the ADF motor M3 and indicates a jam message on the LCD 9 3 2 Types of Jams The machine identifies a jam as one of 6 types When a jam has occurred be sure to re move
20. Copyboard type 20 5 kg ADF type 22 6 kg Copyboard type 21 9 kg ADF type 24 0 kg Keep wrapped to avoid humidity Avoid direct sunshine and store between 0 and 35 32 and 95 between 35 and 85 CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 1 PRODUCT OUTLINE 1 5 Reproduction Ratio Item 4R3E 2R2E 3R2E AB configuraiton A configuration Inch configuration Direct 1 1 000 1 1 000 1 1 000 Reduce I 1 0 500 1 0 500 1 0 500 Reduce II 1 0 647 Reduce HI 1 0 707 1 0 707 Reduce IV 1 0 786 Reduce V 1 0 816 Reduce VI 1 0 865 Enlarge I 1 1 154 Enlarge II 1 1 294 Enlarge III 1 1 414 1 1 414 Enlarge IV 1 2 000 2 000 1 2 000 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 1 5 CHAPTER 1 PRODUCT OUTLINE 1 6 Copying Speed 1 6 1 Copying Speed AB type A type Ratio Size Paper size copies min Cassette Manual feed tray Direct A4 210 x297mm 8 3 x11 7 A4 12 12 B5 182 x257mm 7 2 x10 1 B5 13 13 AS 149 x210mm 5 9 x8 3 AS 13 Reduce I 50 096 AAR postcard postcard 6 9 70 7 A4R ASR A5 13 V 81 6 B5R ASR A5 13 86 5 A4R B5R B5 13 13 Enlargel 115 4 B5R A4 12 12 141 4 ASR A4R A4 12 12 IV 200 0 postcard A4 12 12 1 If the manual feed tray is in use the copying speed is indicated assuming that the paper size setting is correct 2 AB configured paper
21. 2 61 DATA 114 7 2 95 3 17 Clearing 12 2 62 3 22 1 2 SYSTEM DUMP LIST 2 96 3 18 ROM Indication 13 ROM 2 62 3 19 Resetting the Contact Sensor Position 14 CS SET 2 62 3 22 1 3 KEY HISTORY REPORT 2 96 3 22 1 4 COUNTER REPORT 2 99 3 20 Service Mode Default Setting 2 63 3 22 1 5 PRINT SPEC 3 21 Test Mode TEST MODE 2 73 REPORT nn 2 100 24 TT BEIDE aes eher era 2 73 3 22 2 Automatically Generated 3 2 2 List of Test Mode Items 2 74 REDOING 2 100 3 21 3 D RAM Test 1 D RAM 2 81 3 22 2 Error TX Report 3 21 4 CCD Test 2 CCD TEST 2 82 for service 2 101 3 21 5 PRINT Test 3 PRINT 83 3 22 2 2 RX Report for 1 2 102 CHAPTER 3 INSTALLATION I Selecting the SI sens 3 1 2 4 Fitting the Cartridge 3 5 2 Unpacking and Installing the 2 5 Fitting the Toner bottle 3 6 Machine 3 2 2 6 Putting Paper in the Cassette 3 8 2 1 Before 3 2 2 7 Putting Paper in the Manual 2 2 Installation Procedure 3 2 Feed Tray is dans 3 9 2 3 Unpacking ss 3 3 2 8 Connecting the Interface Cable nn 3 10 vi COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CONTENTS 2 9 Connecting the Modular Cable if equipped with fax TUMCHONS 3
22. 4 4sec 007 008 009 6 6 digits 012 _ 014 016 4 4sec 018 0 019 021 0 0ms r 023 026 027 30ms 028 3 3s 029 055 056 101 057 201 058 0 059 0 060 0 061 0 062 Y L 080 2 26 003 15 15times 2 004 12 12lines 200 2000ms 0 999 020 100 1000msy 0 999 022 200 2000 5 0 999 025 60 60sec Range of setting 1 99 99 99 0 60 1 0 60 0 20 010 5500 55sec 0 9999 m 011 3500 35sec 0 9999 015 120 1200msY0 999 0 9 017 100 1000msX0 999 0 999 0 999 024 20 20dBm 0 20 0 999 0 99 0 60 F02 303 03 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC not used RTM signal transmission condition 1 setting RTM signal transmission condition 2 setting RTM signal transmission 3 setting NCC pause time pre ID code setting NCC pause time post ID code setting not used not used direct mail prevention function telephone number cross check number of digits TO timer TS1 timer not used 013 1300 13sec 500 3000 T30 EOL timer not used hooking detection time setting fax tel switch over function between line acquisition and pseudo RBTtransmission pseudo RBT signal pattern ON time setting pseudo RBT signal patte
23. D 3 5 on D i 0 ES No 5 59 A 1 BE E copy image data DC controller PCB print image data fax image data if equipped with fax functions F04 301 01 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 4 15 CHAPTER 4 OPERATION 4 Image Formation System 4 1 Outline F04 401 01 shows the construction of the image formation system The machine is a cartridge type in which the core of its image formation components are constructed as a signal entity photosensitive drum primary charging roller developing cyl inder cleaning blade and toner housing The DC controller PCB has a built in high voltage output assembly and generates high voltage for charging at such times as necessary Cartridge DC controller PCB Primary charging roller Cleaning blade _ o PP dd Developing High voltage cylinder output block 2 Transfer guide Transfer charging Static roller J2 eliminator F04 401 01 4 16 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 4 OPERATION 5 Pickup Feeding Delivery System 5 1 Outline The machine is not equipped with a paper width detection mechanism It uses center ref erence in which paper moves centered through the pickup feeding delivery path The source of paper may be from any of two cassette and manual feed tray Once picked from t
24. d comedi 7 51 4 5 5 Causes and Remedies for User Error Codes 7 58 4 5 6 Causes and Remedies for Service Error Codes 7 63 4 5 7 Common Faults 7 85 5 Troubleshooting Feeding Faults 7 86 Outline nine 7 86 35 2 Paper Jams ne 7 87 5 2 1 Pickup Assembly cassette 7 87 5 2 2 Pickup Assembly manual feed tray 7 89 5 2 3 Feeding Assembly 7 91 5 2 4 Fixing Delivery Assembly 7 93 5 2 5 Checking the Rotation of the Rollers and Gears 7 94 5 2 5 1 Checking the Rotation of the Cassette Pickup Roller and the Vertical Path Roller 7 94 5 2 5 2 Checking the Rotation of the Registration Roller and the Gear for the Photosensitive TORU 7 94 5 3 Original Jams if equipped with ADF functions ssl 7 95 5 4 Feeding Faults 7 96 5 4 1 Double Feeding 7 96 342 NME 7 97 5 5 Faulty Feeding of Originals if equipped with ADF functions 7 98 5 5 1 Double 7 98 3 0 2 SKEW sonne 7 98 6 Arrangement of the Electrical Parts 7 99 6 1 Checking the Photointerrupters 7 99 6 2 Arrangement and Functions of Electrical Components 7 101 6 2 1 Solenoids Motors Fans 7 101 GALL Bols des 7 101 6 2 1 2 ADF if equipped with ADF functions 7 102 CANON iR1200 1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CONTENTS 0 22 S
25. 12 Parallel interface cable connector assembly COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 1 PRODUCT OUTLINE NN d 5 4 F01 201 03 1 Drum shutter stopper 4 Right door 2 Cartridge cover 5 Shipping screw slot 3 Cartridge COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 1 17 CHAPTER 1 PRODUCT OUTLINE 2 1 3 ADF if equipped with ADF functions 1 2 3 4 F01 201 04 1 Original placement area 3 Delivery slot 2 Open close cover 4 Slide guide 1 18 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 1 PRODUCT OUTLINE 2 2 Cross Section 2 2 1 Body 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 23 Contact sensor Copyboard Laser scanner motor unit Laser unit Reflecting mirror Cartridge Reader unit Registration s
26. 5 Reference 15 6 Report 14 04 7 Transmission Receive Mode 13 11 8 Delete Fax Resolution 9 Ge Clear J 12 11 10 F02 101 02 1 Tone Key Press it to generate a tone from a dial circuit Press it to enter a symbol when regis tering a telephone number 2 D T Key Press it to use a D T function 3 R Key Press it to use an R function 4 Function Key Press it to use the function key A press on the Function key will cause the key to go ON and another press will cause it to go OFF 5 Redial Pause Key Press it to redial a number that has been dialed using the keypad as in fax wait When entering a telephone number it services as a Pause key If equipped with fax functions or only when the Function key is ON 2 If equipped with fax functions COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 2 3 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 6 Coded Dial Key Press it to use speed dialing 7 Directly Key Use it to search for a one touch or speed number using a name 8 Receive Mode Key Press it to change the reception mode faxtel faxonly DPRD manual ansmode 9 FAX Resolution Key Use it to change the transmission resolution standard fine photo super fine ultra fine 10 Clear Key Press it to clear various settings that have been registered or made Also press it to de lete a
27. 5 4 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 2 1 1 1 Removing the Left Cover Rear Cover 1 Remove the screw 1 and detach the left cover 2 2 Remove the 13 screws 3 and detach the rear cover 4 F05 201 03 2 1 1 2 Removing the Right Cover 1 Slide the reader unit and open the car tridge cover 2 Open the manual feed tray 3 Remove the 2 screws 1 and detach the right cover 2 WON 1 F05 201 04 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 5 5 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 2 1 1 3 Removing the Toner Supply Cover 1 Open the toner supply cover 1 2 Remove the 2 screws 2 and detach the cover 3 3 Remove the toner supply cover 1 5 6 To mount fit a screw or the like with the gear 4 lifted in place the direction of the arrow as shown to stop then attach the toner supply cover and remove the screw COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC 4 AA AAA ANS 1 F05 201 05 UE est a AM F05 201 05 CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 2 1 1 4 Removing the Front Cover 1 Remove the right cover See 2 1 1 2 2 Remove the toner supply cover See 2 1 1 3 3 Remove the control panel See 2 1 2 4 Remove the cassette 5
28. 5 TYPE Use it to select a specific country region from the list so that the settings under 1 through 4 will comply with the communications standards of the selected country region When changing the TYPE setting be sure not to select a country region which is not the country region of installation 2 28 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 6 SCANNER 1 1 Bit SW scanner function 2 SLICE setting 3 GAMMA 4 Numeric 5 LUT 1 fno 6 LUT 2 adj r7 CCD 8 MODEL 7 PRINTER 1 SSSW y SWO1 00000000 SW01 through 05 not used printer function A setting SWO5 10000000 SWO6 00000100 reduction setting SWO7 00000000 not used aN SW07 through 12 not used SW12 00000000 not used SW13 00000000 humidity sensor fixed mode SW14 00000000 not used A SW14 through 20 not used L SW20 00000000 not used 2 NUMERIC Param 3 PRINT COUNT 4 PRINTER RESET y YES lt NO gt 5 MLT CLEANING not used y F02 303 05 PB To select the SW number in 1 SSSW of 7 PRINTER use Paper Select key m and Enlarge Reduce key To select a bit use the Left or Right Arrow key 6 SCANNER scanner function setting The setting of this item can affect the read image quality A change may be made to 7 CCD when adjusting the image position otherwise do not use this item Do not change the settings as they are not in use 7 PRINTER
29. Cause Remedy Cause Remedy 103 RX Cause Remedy Cause Remedy 7 64 party The modem speed of the machine does not match that of the other machine The modem speed is part of machine specifications and there is no remedy In the case of transmission the speed for fallback does not match that of the other party 1 Increase the transmission level so that the other party may receive cor rectly 2 Adjust the NL equalizer so that the other party may receive TCF correctly Provide echo remedy 1 4 Using a manual call press the Start button after hearing the 1st DIS from the other party 5 To prevent response to the Ist DIS from the other party put a relatively long pause to the telephone number when registering an auto dialing number 6 Ask the operator of the other party to decrease the transmission level so that the other party will not receive an echo Fallback is not possible The line condition is poor and the other party cannot receive TCF correctly 1 Increase the transmission level so that the other party may receive cor rectly 2 Adjust the NL equalizer so that the other party may receive TCF correctly An echo has caused a malfunction 1 Using a manual call press the Start button after hearing the Ist DIS from the other party 2 To prevent response to the Ist DIS from the other party put a relatively long pause to the telephone number when registering an
30. DCS TCF or the training signal correctly Increase the transmission level so that the other party may receive the signal cor rectly After transmission of TCF immediately before the image signal the other party malfunctioned because of an echo 1 Ask the operator of the other party to provide echo remedy 2 2 Using a manual call press the Start button after hearing the 1st DIS from the other party 3 To prevent response to the Ist DIS from the other party put a relatively long pause to the telephone number when registering an auto dialing number After transmission of the Q signal following the image signal the line condition became poor so that the other party cannot receive the image signal or the Q sig nal correctly 1 Increase the transmission level so that the other party may service the image signal or the Q signal correctly 2 Decrease the transmission start speed 3 Adjust the NL equalizer so that the other party may receive the image signal or the Q signal correctly 4 Add an echo protect tone to the V 29 modem signal for transmission 5 Increase the number of final flag sequences for the procedure signal so that the other party may receive the procedure signal correctly COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 7 63 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 101 TX RX The modem speed of the machine does not match that of the other Cause Remedy Cause Remedy 102 TX
31. The fixing heater is equipped with 2 thermistor a main thermistor in the middle and a sub thermistor at the end The main thermistor is used to control the temperature of the fixing heater and to detect its overheating while the sub thermistor is used to detect an error tem perature on the end of the fixing heater The CPU on the DC controller PCB monitors the main thermistor signal FSRTH and the sub thermistor signal SUBTH from the thermistors for control of the fixing heater drive signal FSRDO and the relay drive signal RLYD thus varying the supply of power to the heater and ultimately controlling the temperature of the fixing heater Image processor PCB Fixing assembly DC controller PCB 1 l I Sub Fixing heater high tempe i rature error detection i thermistor 1 I i Fixing IT heater L oi IFSRTH Main i thermistor L oi i 22 We pee iene eae ee eee L_L_ 21 Pee M a EE d i Power supply PCB 43 3V nue oo 1 1 p I av Y 1 FSRDO 1 1 4 RLYD i 66 4 i 24V i 1 LA 1 F04 602 01 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 4 27 CHAPTER 4 OPERATION The CPU
32. feed roller Original White pate Separation pad White roller Copyboard glass ADF registration roller original reading area F06 404 01 6 8 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 1 Standards and Adjustments 1 1 Checking Against the Standards Check the machine against the standards as follows 1 1 1 Checking the Pressure nip of the Fixing Pressure Roller A fixing fault can occur if the nip of the fixing assembly is not correct The machine is not equipped with a mechanism to adjust the nip if a fixing fault occurs be sure to check the nip as follows and replace the fixing assembly if it is not as indicated 1 Execute PRINT test under test mode in service mode to make a solid black copy on A4 or LTR paper See 3 21 5 of Chapter 2 2 With the black side facing down place the solid black copy in the manual feed tray and make a copy using manual feed tray 3 Turn off the power as soon as the leading edge of the paper appears in the delivery tray and leave the machine alone for about 10 sec 4 Take out the cartridge and remove the paper from the pickup side as if it was a jam 5 Measure the width of the area of glossy toner on the paper and see that it is as indicated in T07 101 01 lt Using A4 Paper gt 297mm Feeding direction
33. Cause Remedy Cause Remedy COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC In ECM transmission DCN was received after transmission of EOR EOP The line condition is poor and the other party cannot receive EOR EOP correctly 1 Increase the transmission level so that the other party may receive EOR EOP correctly 2 Adjust the NL equalizer so that the other party may receive EOR EOP cor rectly 3 Add an echo protect tone to the V 29 modem signal for transmission The Stop key was pressed during a communication Transmit once again In ECM transmission the allowed number of procedure signal re transmissions was exceeded or a T5 time over 60 sec condition occurred after transmission of EOR EOP The page buffer of the other party is full or is engaged as such although RNR was received after transmission of EOR EOP and then RR was transmitted no sig nificant signal was received correctly thereafter 1 Start G3 mode and transmit once again Prohibit the ECM mode 2 Decrease the transmission start speed 3 Record the protocol on a DAT or MD and have it analyzed by the local Canon office and or Technical Center In ECM transmission ERR was received after transmission of EOR EOP The line condition is poor and the other party cannot often receive the image sig nal correctly 1 Increase the transmission level so that the other party may receive the image signal correctly 2 Adjust the NL equalizer so that the other pa
34. NG on the other hand start over 10 Press the Stop key and the Additional Functions key to end TEST MODE COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 7 5 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 1 2 4 2 Leading Edge Read Start Position Adjustment Adjust the leading edge read start position for book mode as follows 1 Make a copy of the test sheet in book mode on paper of the same size in Direct See 1 2 2 of Chapter 7 2 Measure the length of L on the copy 1 the length obtained by subtracting the leading edge margin from the line found 10 mm from the leading edge it must be 7 0 5 mm Leading ri margin L a feeding direction Copy of the test sheet F07 102 03 3 Press the Additional Functions key and the key to start service mode 4 Press the left Right Arrow key so that 6 SCANNER is indicated 5 Press the OK key 6 Press the Left Right Arrow key so that 7 CCD is indicated 7 Press the OK key 8 Press the Left Right Arrow key so that the 2nd row of the LCD indicates 023 9 Enter an appropriate correction value using the Left Right Arrow key so that the length of L measured in step 2 is 7 mm An increase by 1 will decrease the length of L by about 0 1 mm 10 Press the OK key 11 Press the Stop key to end SCANNER 12 Make a copy of the test sheet in book mode on paper of the same size in Direct then check to make sure that the
35. Printer port setting printer driver selection etc NO Correct the settings Refer to Quick Start Guide Print Guide and operation manual of the PC Interface cables 6 Are the cables meet the specifications of the model NO Replace the cables with the ones that satisfy the specifications of the model USB cable specifications 5 m or shorter Parallel interface cable specifications 3 m or shorter compliant to IEEE1284 for bi directional communication Printer driver 7 Is the problem remedied after reinstalling an optimal printer driver YES End COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 7 49 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING Connector 8 Is the connection of the printer controller PCB J709 and the im age processor PCB J318 normal NO Correct the connection If the flexible cable has a scratch replace it Printer controller PCB 9 Try replacing the printer controller PCB Is the problem corrected YES End NO Replace the image processor PCB 7 50 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 4 5 Troubleshooting faults unique to models equipped with fax functions 4 5 1 Troubleshooting Communication Faults Go through the troubleshooting flow chart if you cannot reach the last step of the flow of work and the fault occurs while a fax function is in use go through the following 2 2 of Chapter 7 1 Find out the conditi
36. c GG PCB 1 Gianna P 5 Remove the 6 screws 2 and detach the lee m image processor PCB 1 2 2 F05 202 01 For installation fasten the A core to the upper position with the part 3 and fix the cable with the part 4 F05 202 02 5 22 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 2 2 2 Removing the Analog Processor PCB 1 Remove the copyboard glass See 2 1 3 2 Move the contact sensor to the center 3 Free the hook 1 and detach the cover 2 4 Disconnect the 2 connectors 3 5 Remove the 2 screws 4 and detach the grounding plate 5 6 Slide the reader unit 7 Remove the screw 6 from under the reader unit 8 Remove the 2 screws 7 from under the reader unit and detach the cover 8 9 Remove the grounding plate 9 and de tach the analog processor PCB unit 10 F05 202 05 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 R1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 10 Disconnect the connector 11 and re move the 2 screws 12 F05 202 06 11 Remove the cover 13 and detach the analog processor PCB 14 14 13 F05 202 07 5 24 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR
37. 201 CHINA GERMAN FRANCE 101 201 ooo 10 15 12 5500 3500 1300 120 100 400 150 300 10 60 101 201 SINGAPORE 10 15 12 5500 3500 1300 120 100 400 100 400 10 60 101 201 SINGAPORE CZECH SLOVENIA 10 15 12 6 5500 3500 1300 120 100 400 100 400 10 60 101 201 ooo CZECH SLOVENIA 10 15 12 A 6 5500 3500 1300 120 100 400 100 400 10 60 101 201 CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 ASIA 10 15 12 6 5500 3500 1300 120 100 400 100 400 10 60 101 201 ooo ASIA 2 71 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE TYPE POLAND 3 NUMERIC Param 02 03 04 05 06 09 10 11 13 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 24 25 27 28 56 57 58 59 60 61 5 TYPE POLAND 2 72 10 15 12 5500 3500 1300 120 100 400 100 400 10 60 101 201 ooo 10 15 12 5500 3500 1300 120 100 400 100 400 10 60 101 201 not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used 101 201 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC EUROPE2 TAIWAN STANDARD not used not used not used not used not used not us
38. 4 Is the stack of originals in the original placement assembly more than allowed YES Advise the user on the number of originals that may be paled in the original placement assembly Original 5 Is the original curled or do originals bond together because of static charge YES Advise the user that the cause is the originals Remove the curl and fan out the originals Roller ADF 6 Is the surface of the following roller of the ADF normal Original separation roller e ADF registration roller white roller original feed roller Original delivery roller NO Clean any soiled roller If scratched replace it Gear Belt drive assembly 7 Is any of the gears or the belts in the drive assembly cracked or damaged YES Replace the damaged gear belt COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 7 95 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 5 4 Feeding Faults 5 4 1 Double Feeding Paper 1 Is the paper placed correctly NO Place the paper correctly Stack of paper 2 Is the amount of paper in the cassette manual feed tray more than allowed YES Advise the user on the amount of paper that may be placed Paper 3 Is the paper curled or wavy YES Replace the paper and advise the user on the correct method of storing paper Paper 4 Try paper of a recommended type Is the problem corrected YES Advise the user to use recommended paper Claws cassette 5 Is the claw of the cassette deformed YES Correct
39. 4772 4774 775 SHETTT SHETTO 4780 4782 HH784 4785 HH787 4789 The following error codes are associated with the line condition at time of reception 103 18 106 18 107 201 793 008 V 34 modulation speed upper limit Use it to set an upper limit to the modulation speed baud rate for the V 34 primary chan nel 009 V 34 data speed upper limit Use it to set an upper limit to the data transmission speed for the V 34 primary channel between 2 4K and 33 6K bps in increments of 2400 bps 0 2 4K to 13 33 6K bps 010 pseudo Cl signal Use it to set a frequency for the pseudo CI signal At times certain types of external telephones fail to ring while fax tel switch over takes place If so change the frequency of the pseudo CI signal COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 2 49 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 3 6 Numeric Parameter Setting 3 NUMERIC Param No Item Range of settings Initial setting 02 RTN transmission condition 1 1 to 99 10 03 RTN transmission condition 2 2 to 99 times 15 04 RTN transmission condition 3 to 99 lines 12 05 NCC pause length pre ID code 0 to 60 sec 4 06 NCC pause length post ID code 0 to 60 sec d 09 number of digits of telephone numbers in 0 to 20 digits 6 comparison between transmitting and receiv ing machine 10 line connection identification time length O to 9999 10ms 5500 11 T 30 T1 timer for reception 0 to 9999 10m
40. 8 BOOK TEST T 8 1 BOOK FEED TEST 1 6 P 0000 0000 r 8 2 BOOK ADJ P 0000 0000 8 3 CS POS ADJ ADF 8 4 8 5 BOOK TEST 8 6 BOOK TEST F02 321 07 2 80 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 3 21 3 D RAM Test 1 D RAM Press 1 on the keypad on the Test Mode menu to select D RAM SDRAM Test mode Thereafter press 1 or 2 on the keypad to execute the following T on Keypad Press it to execute a data write read check for the entire area of the D RAM SDRAM If an error occurs during the check the machine will stop the check and indicate an error on the LCD 2 on Keypad Press it to execute a data read check for the entire area of the D RAM SDRAM If an error occurs during the check the machine will stop the check and indicate an error on the LCD Indicated only when image data exists in the D RAM OK press the OK key to clear the image data in the D RAM NO press the Stop key to return to TEST MODE PIX RECORD CLEAR OK lt OK gt NO lt STOP gt Press the OK key 1 D RAM 1 3 14848K Press 1 on the keypad Normal end 1 D RAM 14848K 1 D RAM 14848K AAAA complete no error 14848K indicates the total size of memo of the D RAM in bytes indicates the memory size for data write operation indicates the memory size for Error indication
41. 9 Remove the copyboard cover If the machine has the ADF the ADF need not be removed 10 Remove the cassette 11 Place the machine so that its pickup side is at the bottom F05 202 12 F05 202 13 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 5 27 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 12 Remove the 8 screws 8 and detach the bottom plate 9 8 13 Remove the 2 screws 10 and detach 10 the cassette rear cover 11 F05 202 15 5 28 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 14 Free the harness 12 from the harness guide 13 15 Remove the 7 screws 14 16 Remove the power supply unit 15 by moving with your finger the hook of the guide used to route the flexible cable between the sensor relay PCB and the DC controller PCB 13 15 14 F05 202 16 17 Disconnect the 3 connectors 16 20 19 16 18 Remove the 4 screws 17 and detach the DC controller PCB 18 19 FA a 19 Remove the 5 screws 19 and detach px Oe 4 the power supply PCB 20 NP compe 977A VS 0 Sta 19 D
42. It turns on off or control the volume of the error sound key sound and line monitor sound generated by the speaker The volume of the line monitor or the sound of the key sound or the error sound is adjusted in user mode Memo Communication Control Block if equipped with fax functions The communication control block detects line signals CNG DTMF The 33 6 kps mo dem is controlled by the main CPU on the image processor PCB for modulation and de modulation of transmission reception data It also is used to send the DTMF signal 1 3 2 2 DC Controller PCB Fixing Heater Control Block The fixing heater control block monitors the temperature reading of the thermistor to en sure that the temperature of the heater reaches a specific level If an error is detected in the temperature of the heater it stops the power to the heater High Voltage Control Block The high voltage control block controls the high voltage for the primary charging roller developing cylinder transfer charging roller and fixing film Of these the application of DC bias is controlled based on the readings of the humidity around the machine checked by the humidity sensor of the primary charging roller developing cylinder and transfer roller This mechanism of control is used to increase the bias level in a low humidity environ ment thereby improving the reproduction of images In a medium to high humidity environment on the other hand it serves to save on
43. Remove the 4 screws 5 and detach the 2 grounding plates 6 6 Disconnect the connector 7 7 While paying attention to the rib 8 lift the rear motor drive unit 9 toward the right to detach F05 203 05 5 34 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 2 3 3 Removing the Reader Unit 1 Remove the rear cover See 2 1 1 1 2 Remove the ADF copyboard cover ADF See 2 8 1 1 3 Remove the retainer for the flexible cable used to connect the analog proces sor PCB and the image processor PCB 4 Disconnect the 2 connectors 1 and re move the harness retainer 2 5 Remove the control panel See 2 1 2 6 Remove the 4 screws 3 and detach the 4 2 reader stoppers 4 F05 203 07 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 5 35 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 7 Slide the reader unit 5 as shown and detach the reader unit 5 from the front side F05 203 08 5 36 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 2 4 Laser Exposure System 2 4 1 Removing the Laser Scanner Unit The laser scanner unit can not be adjusted in the field Do not disassemble it 1 Remove the upper cover See 2 1 1 7 2 Disconnect the
44. Remove the screw 1 6 Free the 5 hooks 2 and detach the front cover 3 F05 201 07 2 1 1 5 Removing the Delivery Cover 1 Remove the left cover See 2 1 1 1 2 Remove the 3 screws 1 and detach the delivery cover 2 F05 201 08 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 2 5 7 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 2 1 1 6 Removing the Delivery Upper Cover Delivery Rear Cover 1 Remove the delivery cover See 2 1 1 5 2 Slide the reader unit 3 Remove the screw 1 and detach the delivery upper cover 2 4 Remove the delivery rear cover 3 2 1 1 7 Removing the Cartridge Cover 3 1 1 Remove the reader unit See 2 3 3 2 Free the hook 1 3 Remove the 2 ribs 2 and detach the cartridge cover 3 F05 201 10 5 8 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 2 1 1 8 Removing the Upper Cover 1 Remove the front cover See 2 1 1 4 2 Remove the cartridge cover See 2 1 1 7 3 Detach the part 1 holding the core and 4 the part 2 holding the cable 4 Disconnect the 2 connectors 3 and re move the core 4 5 Disconnect the connector 5 connecting the leader slide detecting switch an
45. STANDARD DARK 5 PROG 1 TOUCH KEY 01 12 USE 1 REPORT 2 DELAYED TX 3 FAX MONITOR 4 MEMORY REFERENCE 5 BOOK SENDING DO NOT USE 6 0FFHOOK ALARM ON OFF 7 R KEY SETTING PSTN PBX HOOKING EARTH CONNECTION PREFIX Only if equipped with fax functions 2 Only if equipped with fax functions and a 230V model 2 10 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 3 FAX SETTINGS 2 REPORT SETTINGS 1 TX REPORT OUTPUT NO PRINT ERROR ONLY REPORT WITH TX IMAGE ON OFF OUTPUT YES REPORT WITH TX IMAGE ON OFF 2 RX REPORT OUTPUT NO PRINT ERROR ONLY OUTPUT YES 3 ACTIVITY REPORT ON OFF 3 TX SETTINGS 1 ECM TX ON OFF 2 PAUSE TIME 01 15SEC 02 3 AUTO REDIAL ON 1 REDIAL TIMES 01 10TIMES 02 2 REDIAL INTERBAL 02 99MIN 02 3 TX ERROR RESEND ON RESEND TX FROM ERROR amp 1ST PG ERROR PAGE ALL PAGES OFF OFF Only if equipped with fax functions COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 2 11 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 3 FAX SETTINGS 3 TX SETTINGS 4 ERASE FAILED TX OFF ON 5 TIME OUT ON OFF 4 RX SETTINGS RX ON OFF 2 FAX TEL OPT SET 1 RING START TIME 00 30SEC 08 2 F T RING TIME 15 300SEC 15 3 F T SWITCH ACTION RECEIVE DISCONNECT 3 DRPD SELECT FAX NORMAL RING DOUBLE RING SHORT SHORT LONG SHORT LONG SHORT OTHER RING TYPE 4 INCOMING RING OFF ON RING COUNT 01 99TIMES 02 5 MAN AUT
46. The fan is controlled by the CPU on the DC controller PCB for the following full speed rotation while the main motor is in operation full speed rotation for 30 sec and half speed rotation for 60 sec after the main motor Stops full speed rotation for 30 sec and half speed rotation for 60 sec during WAIT The CPU on the DC controller PCB generates the fan drive signal FANON based on the state of the fan stop signal FANSTOP 0 reset 1 rotate and the full speed half speed switch signal FANHALF 0 half speed 1 full speed to control the fan rotation to any of three rest half speed full speed Power supply PCB Main motor DC controller PCB Fixing assembly Cartridge F04 801 01 4 34 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 4 OPERATION 8 2 Back Up Batteries 8 2 1 Back Up Function 8 2 1 1 Outline The machine s image processor PCB is equipped with a lithium battery BAT1 and a va nadium lithium secondary battery BAT2 for back up of the data in the SRAM and the SDARM in consideration of a power outage or when the power is turned off Do not replace any battery with one not indicated for the machine i e use one of the same type or equivalent Be sure to dispose of used batteries according to local laws and regulations The batteries must be replaced correctly to avoid explosion 8 2 1 2 Lithium Battery BAT1 The data backed up i
47. The machine s laser scanner unit cannot be adjusted in the field Do not disassemble it 1 If you are using a specific terminal of a connector to measure voltage be 2 1 1 Site Environment a The power source must provide the rated voltage 10 b The site must be free of high temperature humidity not near a water faucet water boiler humidifier and must not be in a cold place near a source of fire or subject to dust c The site must be free of ammonium gas d The site must be free of direct rays of the sun otherwise it must be provided with cur tains e The site must be well ventilated f The machine must be level g Ifthe machine is equipped with fax functions it must remain powered day and night 2 1 2 Checking the Drum Unit If the surface of the photosensitive drum has scratches replace the drum unit 2 1 3 Checking the Paper a Is the paper of a recommended type b Is the paper moist Try fresh paper out of package 2 1 4 Others When a machine is brought from a cold to warm place its inside can start to develop con densation leading to various problems for example a condensation in the charging roller system tends to cause electrical leakage b condensation on the pickup feed path tends to cause a feeding fault If condensation occurs dry wipe the parts or leave the machine ON for 60 min 7 18 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTI
48. YES 1 The paper may be moist Advise the user on the correct method of storing paper 2 Advise the user that the use of non recommended paper may not bring about the best results General conditions 3 Execute PRINT test Is the output image normal See 3 21 5 of Chapter 2 YES Go through steps 14 to 18 NO Go to step 4 General conditions 4 Turn off the machine while an image is printing on the photosensi tive drum Is the toner on the drum surface developed YES Go through steps 11 to 13 NO Go through steps 5 to 10 High voltage contact between cartridge and high voltage spring 5 Is the high voltage spring used to supply high voltage to the car tridge soiled Remove the cartridge to check YES Clean it High voltage contact between high voltage spring and DC controller PCB J205 J207 6 Is the connection between the high voltage spring and the DC con troller PCB J205 J207 normal NO Correct it If it cannot be corrected replace the faulty part 7 22 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING Connector 7 Is the connection of the following connectors normal J201 and J204 on the DC controller PCB J303 J304 J312 and J316 on the image processor PCB J3122 and J801 in the laser scanner unit NO Connect them firmly If a scratch is found in the flexible cable re place it Drum unit 8 Try replacing the drum unit Is the fault correct
49. YES Correct it If damaged replace it NO Replace the DC controller PCB 4 2 8 The message SUPPLY REC PAPER S B fails to go OFF manual feed tray Flag of manual feed tray paper sensor PS4 1 Is the flag of the manual feed tray paper sensor PS4 displaced or damaged YES Correct it If damaged replace it Connector 2 Is the connection of the following connectors normal J303 and J308 on the image processor PCB J204 on the DC controller PCB J3081 on the manual feed tray paper sensor PS4 NO Correct the connection Manual feed tray paper sensor PS4 3 Try replacing the manual feed paper sensor PS4 Is the problem corrected YES End DC controller PCB Image processor PCB 4 Try replacing the DC controller PCB Is the problem corrected YES End NO Replace the image processor PCB COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 7 45 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 4 2 9 The message REC PAPER JAM SLIDE PLATEN LEFT fails to go OFF General conditions 1 Check to find out which of the following sensors is faulty See 6 1 of Chapter 7 cassette paper sensor PS103 e manual feed tray paper sensor PS4 If both the sensors above are normal the cause is with either of the sensors below Follow the check procedure from Step 2 with each of the sensors below delivery sensor PS3 paper leading edge sensor PS102 Sensor flag 2 Is the flag of the sensor identified in step
50. horizontal sise 7 29 3 1 13 The output is soiled 7 30 3 1 14 The back of the output is mass 7 31 3 1 15 The output has a fixing cater NENNEN 7 32 3 1 16 The output has left right displace MENT ee 7 33 3 1 17 The output has a blurry Mape 7 33 3 1 18 The output has poor sharpness out of focus 7 34 3 1 19 The output is blank 7 35 3 1 20 The output is solid black 7 37 4 Troubleshooting Malfunctions 7 38 4 1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions SOL VIRE ELTON eut 7 38 4 2 Troubleshooting Malfunctions other than service error 7 42 4 2 1 Power is absent 7 42 4 2 2 The LCD fails to operate 7 42 4 2 3 The contact sensor fails to MOVE DE 7 43 4 2 4 The contact sensor LED fails to po ON 7 43 4 2 5 The speaker fails to generate SOUNO ed 7 44 4 2 6 The message CHECK TONER DRUM CRG fails to go sinus 7 44 4 2 7 The message SUPPLY REC PAPER DRAWER fails to go OPE cassette 7 45 4 2 8 The message SUPPLY REC PAPER S B fails to go OFF manual feed tray 7 45 The message REC PAPER JAM SLIDE PLATEN LEFT fails to go OFE 7 46 4 2 10 The message PLATEN COVER IS OPEN CLOSE PLATEN COVER fails to go OFF 7 47 4 2 9 CANON iR1200 1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 xi CONTENTS 4 3 Troubleshooting Malfunctions if equipped wi
51. only Fax Guide if equipped with fax functions Others 2 Holding the grips on the left and right of the machine lift it out of the box 3 Remove the packing material plastic sheets securing members and tape 4 Remove the shipping screw COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 3 3 CHAPTER 3 INSTALLATION Actions 5 While pulling on the reader unit slide lever slide out the reader unit to the left 6 Open the cartridge cover 7 Store away the securing member re moved in step 4 in the shipping screw slot 3 4 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC Checks remarks AWHONN CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 3 INSTALLATION 2 4 Fitting the Cartridge Actions Checks remarks 1 Unpack the cartridge and take it out without removing its wrappings 2 Fully insert the cartridge in the direc tion of the arrow as indicated 3 Close the cartridge cover and put back N the reader unit o 545 IN J an p yi Di ice P 2 WM gt Y i COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 3 5 CHAPTER 3 INSTALLATION 2 5 Fitting the Toner bottle Actions Checks remarks 1 Open the toner supply cover 2 Rock the new toner bottle five or six times to distribute the toner evenly 3 Holding the toner bottle lever inser
52. varies from circuit to circuit The machine uses CPUs whose internal mechanisms cannot be checked in the field and therefore are not explained In addition the machine s PCBs are not intended for repairs at the user s and therefore are explained by means of block diagrams two types are used i e between sensors and inputs of PCBs equipped with a control or drive func tion and between outputs equipped with a control or drive function and loads in addi tion functional block diagrams are used at times Changes made to the machine for product improvement are communicated in the form of a Service Information bulletin as needed All service persons are expected to go through all service documentation including the bulletins and be equipped to respond to the needs of the field as by being able to identify possible causes of problems COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 iii INTRODUCTION This service manual covers the models shown in the following table Be sure to have a good understanding of the difference from model to model before referring to this manual Model Type ADF Printer Fax Cassette Default Power code function function function Ratio supply iR1210 MTC 500 sheet 4 230V 500 sheet 4 230V 250 sheet 4 230V 250 sheet 4 230V y 250 sheet A4 230V 250 sheet 4 230V 250 sheet 4 230V 250 sheet 4 230V 250 sheet Uni
53. 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 5 2 4 Fixing Delivery Assembly General conditions 1 Is the delivery roller rotating normally YES Go through steps 2 to 7 NO Go to step 8 Paper 2 Is the paper curled or wavy YES Replace the paper and advise the user on the correct method of storing paper Paper 3 Try paper of a recommended type Is the problem corrected YES Advise the user to use recommended paper Fixing pressure roller 4 Execute fixing pressure roller cleaning Is the problem corrected See 4 1 1 of Chapter 6 YES Advise the user to clean the component on a periodical basis Fixing inlet guide 5 Is the fixing inlet guide soiled or is there foreign matter YES Clean it If there is any foreign matter remove it Roller fixing delivery system 6 Is the surface of the following rollers normal e fixing pressure roller delivery roller NO Clean the soiled component If scratched replace it Delivery sensor 7 Check the delivery sensor Is the problem corrected NO Replace the delivery sensor Gear in drive assembly for fixing plessure roller delivery roller drive 8 Is any of the gears of the drive assembly used to drive the fixing pressure roller delivery roller cracked or damaged YES Replace the damaged gear COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 7 93 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 5 2 5 Checking the Rotation of the Rollers and Gears If a jam occur
54. 00000000 00000000 00000000 10000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000010 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000011 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 OFF DIAL 10 3429 33 6 25Hz MALAYSIA 00010000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 10000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000010 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000011 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 OFF DIAL 10 3429 33 6 25Hz HUNGARY 00010000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 10000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000010 00000000 00000010 00000000 00000011 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000001 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 OFF DIAL 10 3429 33 6 25Hz SAF 00010000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 10000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000010 00000000 00000010 00000000 00000011 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 OFF DIAL 10 3429 33 6 25Hz CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 KOREA 00010000 00000000 00000000 0000000
55. 1 Is the reader unit slide detecting switch SW1 damaged or dis placed YES Correct it If damaged replace it Connector 2 Check the status of connection of the reader unit slide detecting switch SW1 with the J3140 connector of the toner supply cover open close detecting switch SW2 Also check SW1 connecting sta tus with the J314 connector on the image processor PCB Is the switch connected properly to both parts NO Correct the connection Reader unit slide detecting switch SW1 Image processor PCB 3 Try replacing the reader unit slide detecting switch SW1 Is the problem corrected YES End NO Replace the image processor PCB COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 7 47 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 4 3 Troubleshooting Malfunctions if equipped with ADF functions 4 3 1 Original pickup fails General conditions 1 Does the ADF motor rotate YES Go through steps 2 through 4 NO Go to step 5 through 6 General conditions 2 Is the original separation roller rotating NO Check the gear and timing belt used to transmit the drive of the ADF motor M3 If scratched replace it Original pickup roller descent Original stopper ascent mechanism 3 Does the original pickup roller move down and the original stopper move up during original pickup NO Check the parts of the original separation roller unit and correct any fault If scratched replace it Rollers separation rolle
56. 1 damaged or displaced YES Correct it If damaged replace it Connector 3 Is the connection between the connector for the sensor identified in step 1 and the image processor PCB DC controller PCB and power supply PCB normal In the case of the manual feed tray paper sensor PS4 J303 and J308 of the image processor PCB and J204 of the DC controller PCB e In the case of the delivery sensor PS3 J106 and J109 of the power supply PCB and J202 of the DC controller PCB NO Correct the connection Sensor 4 If the faulty sensor is any of the following try replacing it Is the problem corrected e manual feed tray paper sensor PS4 delivery sensor PS3 YES End DC controller PCB Image processor PCB Power supply PCB 5 1 If the cassette paper sensor PS103 or the paper leading edge sensor PS102 is faulty try replacing the DC controller PCB Is the problem corrected 2 If the manual feed tray paper sensor PS4 is faulty try replacing the image processor PCB Is the problem corrected 3 If the delivery sensor PS3 is faulty try replacing the power sup ply PCB Is the problem corrected YES End NO If the manual feed tray paper sensor PS4 or the delivery sensor PS3 is faulty replace the DC controller PCB 7 46 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 4 2 10 The message PLATEN COVER IS OPEN CLOSE PLATEN COVER fails to go OFF Sensor flag
57. 10 2 10 Connecting the Power Cord 3 11 2 11 Fitting the Delivery Tray 3 11 2 12 Checking the Copy Images 3 11 2 13 Setting the Printer Functions 3 12 CHAPTER 4 OPERATION I Basic Operation ss eee 4 1 1 1 Reproduction Processes 4 LLI Outline ere 4 1 1 2 Functional Construction 4 4 1 3 Outline of the Electrical ss naiss 4 5 1 3 1 Functional Block Diagram 4 5 1 3 2 Outlines of Functions 4 6 1 3 2 1 Image Processor PCB 4 6 1 3 2 2 DC Controller PCB 4 7 1 3 2 3 Control Panel PCB 4 8 1 3 2 4 Power Supply PCB 4 8 1 3 2 5 Analog Processor PCB 4 9 13 2 6 Sensor 4 9 1 3 2 7 Laser Driver BD PCB 4 9 1 3 2 8 Main Motor Scanner Motor Driver 4 9 1 3 2 9 Printer Controller PCB 4 9 1 3 2 10 NCU PCB if equipped with fax functions 4 10 1 3 2 11 Modular Jack PCB if equipped with fax functions see vens 4 10 1 3 2 12 Sensor Relay PCB 4 10 1 4 Power On Sequence 4 11 1 5 Controlling the Main Motor 4 12 1 5 1 4 12 2 Image Reading Processing System 4 13 MM Outer es 4 13 3 Laser Exposure System 4 14 OMR eor 4 14 4 Image Formation System 4 16 4l Online esse 4 16 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC 2 14 Setting Fax Functions if equipped with fax functions
58. 2002 4 21 CHAPTER 4 OPERATION 5 3 Feeding Operation Delivery Operation 5 3 1 Outline The machine uses the following to feed deliver paper registration roller photosensitive drum transfer charging roller fixing pressure roller delivery roller The paper moved as far as the registration shutter by the work of the various pick opera tions is corrected for skew movement when it is butted against the registration roller When the paper moves past the registration assembly the paper leading edge sensor PS102 detects its leading edge thereby ensuring that the leading edge of the paper will match the leading edge of the image on the photosensitive drum Thereafter the paper is moved past the photosensitive drum and then is moved over the transfer charging roller fix ing pressure roller and delivery roller Paper Resistration shutter F04 503 01 5 3 2 Auto Delivery Control The machine drives the main motor M1 for a specific period of time to feed delivery roller when the power is turned on when the reader unit is returned to its initial position or when it shifts from ESS mode in addition to the following a after starting the main motor M1 the paper leading edge sensor PS102 detects paper b the size of the paper delivered last is B5 or smaller and the delivery sensor PS3 detects paper after the main motor M1 is started 4 22 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AU
59. 22 1 1 SYSTEM SERVICE DATA LIST The following shows the service soft switch settings and the service parameter settings 02 01 2001 13 49 FAX 4001 SYSTEM DATA LIST x 1 SSSW SWOl 00010000 SW02 00000000 SWOS 00000000 SW04 10000000 SW05 00000000 SWO6 10010000 SWO7 00000000 SWOB 00000000 SWO 00000000 SW10 00000000 SWil 00000000 SW12 00000010 SW13 lt 00000000 SWi4 00000001 SWIS a 00000000 SW16 0000001 1 SW17 see 00000010 SW18 00000000 SW19 00000000 SW20 00000000 SWal wee 00000000 SWw22 O 00000000 SWe23 00000000 E 00000000 EM 00000000 00000000 00000000 F02 322 01 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 2 95 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 3 22 1 2 SYSTEM DUMP LIST The following shows a record of communications and error communications 02 01 2001 13 54 FAX V 001 CLEAR DATE 02 01 2001 1 TX 0 2 A4 0 B4 0 0 3 RX 0 x4 A4 0 B4 0 0 UR 0 LGL 0 5 14400 0 12000 0 TC9600 0 TC7200 0 14400 0 12000 0 9600 0 7200 0 4800 0 2400 0 6 STD 0 FINE 0 SUPER 0 ULTRA 0 7 MH 0 MR 0 MMR 0 JBIG 0 8 G3 0 ECM 0 9 PRINT 9 209 READ 1 140 10 000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
60. 29 modem signal for transmission The line condition is poor and the significant signal cannot be received correctly Ask the operator of the other party to increase the transmission level so that the signal may be received correctly In ECM transmission DCN was received after transmission of PPS NULL The line condition is poor and the other party cannot receive PPS NULL cor rectly 1 Increase the transmission level so that the other party may receive PPS NULL correctly 2 Adjust the NL equalizer so that the other party may receive PPS NULL cor rectly 3 Add an echo protect tone to the V 29 modem signal for transmission The Stop key was pressed during a communication Transmit once again CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 7 73 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 753 TX Cause Remedy 754 TX Cause Remedy Cause Remedy 755 TX Cause Remedy Cause Remedy 7 74 In ECM transmission the allowed number of procedure signal re transmissions was exceeded or a T5 time over 60 sec condition occurred after transmission of PPS NULL The page buffer of the other party is full or is engaged as such although RNR was received after transmission of PPS NULL and then RR was transmitted no significant signal was received correctly thereafter 1 Start G3 mode and transmit once again Prohibit the ECM mode 2 Decrease the transmission start speed 3 Record the protocol o
61. 3 VDC 4 8 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 4 OPERATION 1 3 2 5 Analog Processor PCB The analog image data read by the contact sensor is converted into digital image data and sent to the ASIC of the image processor PCB 1 3 2 6 Sensor PCB The signals from the ADF copyboard cover open close sensor and the contact sensor home position sensor are sent out to the image processor PCB via the analog processor PCB 1 3 2 7 Laser Driver BD PCB The image signals VDO VD0 from the image processor PCB is converted into data used for laser adjustment to cause the laser diode to emit a laser beam Also the generated laser beam is detected and the laser beam detection signal BDI is sent to the DC control ler PCB 1 3 2 8 Main Motor Scanner Motor Driver The main motor scanner motor is driven according to the drive signals from the DC con troller PCB 1 3 2 9 Printer Controller PCB The communications with the PC are controlled The image data from the PC is converted into print data for the machine and is sent to the image processor PCB Communication Control Communications with the PC are controlled using a bi directional parallel interface IEEE std 1284 1994 or USB Ver 1 1 The communication protocols used for bi directional communications include Nibble ECP Rapid Port The communication with the image processor PCB by means of a video interface are also controll
62. 4 Remove the 6 screws 3 and detach the 4 registration roller unit 4 ny EU X F05 206 22 5 54 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 2 7 Fixing System 2 7 1 Removing the Fixing Assembly 1 Remove the delivery upper cover rear cover See 2 1 1 5 2 Disconnect the 3 connectors 1 3 Remove the control panel See 2 1 2 4 Remove the copyboard glass see 213 5 Remove the cover 2 F05 207 02 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 5 55 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 6 Slide the reader unit so that the hole in the reader unit and the hole in the top plate match 7 Remove the 3 screws 3 and detach the fixing assembly 4 Memo A 5 56 To remove the screw 3 used to secure the fixing assembly in place try re moving the screws from above the reader unit using a long screwdriver 1 e make use of the opening above the screws to facili tate the work When mounting the fixing assembly be sure to engage the gear of the fixing as sembly and the gear on the main motor side COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC F05 207 04 CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 2 7 2 Removing the Fixing Film Unit Fixing Pressure Roller 1 Remove the fixing assembly See 2 7 1 2 Remove the fixing
63. A Am I 17 E j v BE 16 woe hd N E 0M 4 17 18 F05 202 17 CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 5 29 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM When mounting the power A supply unit be sure not to leave out the sensor flag 21 of the LGL paper sen sor from the rear of the sen sor plate 22 2 2 5 Removing the Printer Controller PCB 1 Remove the rear cover See 2 1 1 1 2 2 Disconnect the connector 1 3 Remove the 5 screws 2 and detach the printer controller PCB 3 F05 202 19 5 30 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 2 2 6 Removing the NCU PCB if equipped with fax functions 1 Remove the rear cover See 2 1 1 1 2 2 Disconnect all connectors form the NCU PCB 3 Remove the 4 screws 2 and detach the NCU PCB 1
64. DIS received from the other party is 0 Ask the operator to set normal polling transmission and use polling recep tion Selective polling address or the password does not match during ITU T compliant selective polling reception The selective polling address or the password of the machine does not match that of the other machine Match the selective polling address and the password of the machine with that of the other party The other party is not equipped with a password function for ITU T compliant selective polling reception Bit 50 of DIS received from the other party is 0 Use selective polling that does not use a password Memory transmission reservation clear memory reception image clear In the case of transmission the user canceled the memory transmission reser vation Transmit once again In the case of reception the user deleted the image that had been received in memory reception Ask the operator of the other party to transmit once again COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 4 5 6 Causes and Remedies for Service Error Codes The causes and remedies for service error codes are as follows 100 TX Cause Remedy Cause Remedy Cause Remedy The number allowed for retransmission of the procedure signal was exceeded during transmission The transmission level is too low and the other party cannot receive NSS TSI
65. EOM The Stop button was pressed during a communication Transmit once again DCN has been received after transmitting MPS The Stop button was pressed during a communication Transmit once again COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 288 TX Cause Remedy 289 TX Cause Remedy 290 TX Cause Remedy 670 TX Cause Remedy Cause Remedy 671 RX Cause Remedy Cause Remedy COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC After transmitting EOP a signal other than PIN PIP MCF RTP or RTN was received The procedure signal has a fault Record the protocol on a DAT or MD and have it analyzed by the local Canon office and or Technical Center After transmitting EOM a signal other than PIN PIP MCF RTP or RTN was received The procedure signal has a fault Record the protocol on a DAT or MD and have it analyzed by the local Canon office and or Technical Center After transmitting MPS a signal other than PIN PIP MCF RTP or RTN was received The procedure signal has a fault Record the protocol on a DAT or MD and have it analyzed by the local Canon office and or Technical Center In V 8 late start the V 8 ability was detected in DIS from the other party and in response Cl was transmitted however the procedure failed to advance causing a T1 time over condition CI was transmitted but the other party fai
66. EOR EOM cor rectly 1 Increase the transmission level so that the other party may receive EOR EOM correctly 2 Adjust the NL equalizer so that the other party may receive EOR EOM cor rectly 3 Add an echo protect tone to the V 29 modem signal for transmission The Stop key was pressed during a communication Transmit once again CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 7 81 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 783 TX Cause Remedy 784 TX Cause Remedy Cause Remedy 785 TX Cause Remedy Cause Remedy 7 82 In ECM transmission the allowed number of procedure signal re transmissions was exceeded or a T5 time over 60 sec condition occurred after transmission of EOR EOM The page buffer of the other party is full or is engaged as such although RNR was received after transmission of EOR EOM and then RR was transmitted no significant signal was received correctly thereafter 1 Start G3 mode and transmit once again Prohibit the ECM mode 2 Decrease the transmission start speed 3 Record the protocol on a DAT or MD and have it analyzed by the local Canon office and or Technical Center In ECM transmission ERR was received after transmission of EOR EOM The line condition is poor and the other party cannot often receive the image sig nal correctly 1 Increase the transmission level so that the other party may receive the image signal correctly 2 Adjust the NL e
67. Fixing Assembly The CPU on the DC controller PCB will identify a fault in the fixing assembly if any of the following conditions a through f occurs as a result it will cut the power to the fixing heater it will cause the relay drive signal RYLD to go 1 to turn off the relay and at the same time will communicate the presence of a fault to the image processor PCB COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 4 29 CHAPTER 4 OPERATION a Overheating 1 all conditions The CPU will identify overheating 1 if the main thermistor detects 230 C 446F for 1 sec or more continuously b Start Up Error 1 start up The CPU will identify start up error 1 if a level of temperature lower than 120 C 248 F is detected for 1 sec or more continuously 10 sec after the heater is supplied with power c Start Up Error 2 startup paper passage The CPU will identify start up error 2 if a level of temperature 15 59 lower than the paper passage temperature control target is not detected at all 75 sec after the heater is sup plied with power d Temperature Control Low Temperature Error paper passage sheet to sheet rest heating temperature control The CPU will identify a temperature control low condition error if a level of temperature lower than 120 C 248F is detected for 1 sec or more continuously in paper passage sheet to sheet rest heating or temperature control state e Main thermistor Open Circ
68. REV 0 AUG 2002 5 59 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 7 Using a flat blade screwdriver or the like remove the 2 covers 6 then us ing long nose pliers or the like remove the 2 pins 7 8 Return the reader unit to its initial posi tion 9 Open the ADF 10 Using a flat blade screwdriver remove the cover 8 11 Detach the ADF 9 from the host ma chine Take care so that no part will become trapped by har ness of the ADF 5 60 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC 6 F05 208 03 9 F05 208 04 CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 2 8 1 2 Removing the ADF Drive Unit 1 Remove the ADF from the host ma chine See 2 8 1 1 2 Holding the tab 1 detach the white plate 2 3 Remove the 4 screws 3 and detach the ADF drive unit 4 F05 208 06 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 5 61 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 2 8 1 3 Removing the ADF Motor Unit 1 Remove the white roller See 2 8 3 1 2 Disconnect the 3 connectors 1 3 Remove the E ring 2 and the bushing 3 4 Remove the 3 screws 4 and detach the ADF motor unit 5 The ADF motor is posi tioned using a special tool and therefore cannot be adjusted in the field Do not remove the ADF motor from the motor base 5 62 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC 2 1 F
69. Use the packaging box of the new drum unit if available 3 After detaching the drum unit be sure to keep it in a protective bag to pre vent damage to the drum surface 3 Detach the drum shutter stopper 4 Detach the drum shutter cover stay 1 and remove the drum shutter cover 2 F05 205 02 5 40 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 5 Remove the toner bottle from the ma chine 6 Remove the 6 screws 3 and remove the cover 4 7 Remove the 2 screws 5 8 Detach the hook 6 and remove the cover 7 9 Remove the 3 screws 8 and remove the covers 9 F05 205 05 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 5 41 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 10 Remove the developing cylinder 10 11 Remove the 2 screws 11 and remove the developing blade 12 11 F05 205 07 5 42 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 2 5 3 Notes on replacing the Developing Cylinder Developing Blade 1 Before attaching the developing cylin der developing blade use flannel cloth and spread toner thinly on the edge of the developing blade 1 facing to the developing cylinder 2 When you replace the developing blade 2 replace the developing cylinder 3 as well to avoid image blanking F05 205 08 W
70. a sensor test 7 100 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 6 2 Arrangement and Functions of Electrical Components 6 2 1 Solenoids Motors Fans 6 2 1 1 Body F07 602 01 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 7 101 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 6 2 1 2 ADF if equipped with ADF functions F07 602 02 Solenoids Motors and Fans Symbol Name Notation Description S Solenoid 511 manual feed pickup roller drive SL SL2 cassette pickup roller drive Motor 1 main motor M2 reader motor M3 ADF motor if equipped with ADF functions M4 laser scanner motor VON Fan NZ T07 602 01 7 102 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 6 2 2 Sensors 6 2 2 1 Body F07 602 03 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 7 103 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 6 2 2 2 ADF if equipped with ADF functions F07 602 04 Sensors Symbol Name Notation O Photointerrupters PS1 PS2 PS3 PS4 PS6 PS7 PS8 PS10 PS11 PS101 PS102 PS103 T07 602 02 7 104 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC Description constant sensor home position de tection ADF copyboard cover open close detection delivery detection manual feed tray paper detection original detection if equipped with ADF functions ADF registration pa
71. and bushing 11 5 F05 208 13 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 5 65 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 5 Remove the 2 springs 12 and slide the shaft 13 to detach the open close cover unit 14 12 F05 208 14 6 Free the 3 hooks 15 and detach the separation roller unit 16 F05 208 15 5 66 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 2 8 2 2 Removing the Original Pickup roller Original Separation roller 1 Remove the separation roller unit See 1 2 8 2 1 2 Free the 2 hooks 1 and detach the original pickup roller 2 3 Free the 2 hooks 3 and detach the original separation roller 4 3 F05 208 16 2 8 2 3 Removing the Original Sensor Registration Sensor 1 Remove the ADF motor unit See 2 8 1 3 2 Free the 2 hooks 1 and detach the original sensor 2 3 Free the 2 hooks 3 and detach the reg istration sensor 4 F05 208 17 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 5 67 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 2 8 2 4 Removing the Original Separation Pad 1 Open the ADF 2 2 Hold the tab and detach the white plate 2 3 Remove the spring 3 and
72. auto dialing number 3 Ask the operator of the other party to provide echo remedy 1 4 Ask the operator of the other party to decrease the transmission level so that the other party will not receive an echo EOL cannot be detected for 5 sec 15 sec if CBT The line condition is poor and the image signal cannot be received correctly 1 Ask the operator of the other party to increase the transmission level so that the image signal may be received correctly 2 Ask the operator of the other party to decrease the transmission start speed 3 Adjust the NL equalizer so that the image signal may be received correctly The machine malfunctioned because of an echo of CFR 1 Provide echo remedy 2 2 Decrease the transmission level so that an echo of transmitted CFR will not be received COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 104 TX Cause Remedy Cause Remedy 106 RX Cause Remedy Cause Remedy Cause Remedy RTN or PIN has been received The line condition is poor so that the other party cannot receive the image signal correctly 1 Increase the transmission level so that the other party may receive the image signal correctly 2 Decrease the transmission start speed 3 Adjust the NL equalizer so that the other party may receive the image signal correctly 4 Add an echo protect tone to the V 29 modem signal for transmissio
73. because of a line condition at time of transmission set it to 1 If set to 1 unmodulated carrier will be transmitted as a sync signal before transmission of an image for about 200 msec PA The following error codes are associated with a line condition at time of transmission 100 104 281 282 283 750 755 760 765 Memo Bit 7 Use it to specify whether or not to transmit a 1080 Hz tonal signal before transmission of the CED signal Set it to 1 if an error occurs often because of an error at time of reception PB The following error codes are associated with an echo at time of reception 005 101 106 18 107 4114 200 1H 201 790 2 34 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE Bit 4 5 6 Select the transmission mode long distance 1 long distance 2 or long distance 3 If errors due to echo occur frequently in transmission to overseas set the transmission mode with the dial registration or service soft switch Codes for errors that can occur during transmission because of echo PE 005 100 101 102 104 201 280 281 1H1283 284 Memo 750 760 44765 4774 779 784 794 TEL registration Set Long distance 1 when registering the one touch speed dialing and coded speed dialing transmission mode If errors do not disappear try Long distance 2 and Lon
74. condition at time of a communication increase the parameter COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 2 51 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE The line condition detection time length refers to the length between when M the dial signal is transmitted and when the line condition is cut in relation to Memo the transmitting side while it is the length between when the DIS signal is transmitted and when the line is cut in relation to the receiving side No 11 The setting of the T1 timer varies from country to country PTT The T1 timer is vari able No 13 If the length of data for a single line is too long e g computer fax increase the 1 line transmission time for possible reception to prevent a reception error No 15 Use it to set the hooking detection time No 16 Use it to set the time length between when the line is acquired and when the pseudo RBT is transmitted when making a fax tel switch over No 17 18 19 Use it to set a pattern of the pseudo RBT signal transmitted when making a fax tel switch OVer NO 20 21 22 Use it to set the pattern of the pseudo CI signal transmitted when making a fax tel switch OVer No 24 Use it to set the pseudo RBT transmission level used when making a fax tel switch over No 25 Use it to set the length of time during which the absence of sound on the line 2nd NSS signal or CNG signal transmitted by the other party is monito
75. connector 1 1 3 Disconnect the 2 connectors 2 4 Remove the 2 screws 3 and detach the plate 4 F05 204 02 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 5 37 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 5 Remove the 4 screws 5 and detach the laser scanner unit 6 F05 204 03 5 38 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 2 5 Image Formation System 2 5 1 Removing the Transfer Charging Roller 1 Slide the reader unit and open the car tridge cover 2 Free the 2 hooks 1 and detach the transfer charging roller 2 F05 205 01 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 5 39 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 2 5 2 Removing the Developing Cylinder Developing Blade 1 To avoid toner scatter A spread something like newspapers on the floor before work 2 Do not touch on the sur faces of the drum and the developing cylinder 1 Remove the cartridge from the machine 2 Attach the drum shutter stopper and re move the drum unit As for the following care A should be taken when at taching or detaching the drum unit 1 Be sure to use the drum shutter stopper as attach ing or detaching work 2
76. detecting Boi isla 5 e seg Re HAE 9 225888 g fl 6 EE ORAS GET Ceetee eeiam iTZISTATS TS 7 8 TS POR T Shi 1 4 PL 1402 J403 J502 Joi N i 2 4 231211 drag elt zc e fe unm Analog process B nies Hels Control panel PCB een ae EN OT Ce 817 4 8 2 1 2401 Fe eHERHMHSSRSSRS se 814131217 Ce 88 lo 5 8g B 5 es a jar E zx Ee g E Resa lel wile BE dou Bas Ee e BOO ela kolol Spepozoz98o 2602 Flo z Gadda olo E SESS BB BaBe 2 EEPEE 2209 amp 6 65 228 seeReseess 3 DB PTE Rr TESTE eT AUTONET CELEBI TS NON NON NN Map oboe EAP SppspepTpSpspoo pa FESSES 2137418 6 7181919 0315 2917 Bi B16 B 5 308 processor PCB Jet J320 321 J301 J302 J304 J303 uate p GERREN ERNIA ERRAN QE DOUDOU CERA 112131415161718 i215 PORN EE EE TT STE TSTZTH X L eee ES EL BB 5 s a o Ss dr eB EL 1 BEL LE om le ele 55 DE ol subo Palo S 2 258869 before lo SES PRRBBE FRE 2805 s ere 3 BRACES 62866 pe 1 0 NM Serer k Modular CR D I CHR TIEN CERA I I TTZISTATSTST T6 S RT ESTATE p density Cartridge PEERED TT N T J6 i Le Ja ogg detection jack pA a E 25b Tat a m 3 E Develo
77. drive or floppy disk as the magne tism from the cartridge can destroy the data i Keep the cartridge out of reach of children j The photosensitive drum is susceptible to light thus the presence of a shutter under the cartridge If exposed to strong light for a long time the copies may start to develop white spots or vertical bands These faults may disappear if the machine is left at rest for some time or the memory cause of the faults may remain permanently If you must take out the cartridge from the machine be sure to put it in its protective bag or cover it Never leave it alone unprotected If the photosensitive drum is exposed to 1500 lux general light for 5 min and then left alone for 5 min in a dark place it may recover to a level that Memo will not cause practical problems Nevertheless avoid direct sunshine by all means which is as strong as 10000 to 30000 lux 1 26 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 1 PRODUCT OUTLINE k Advise the user to send all used drum unit to the designated place amp Do not throw a drum unit used or not used into fire It may burst or ex plode Whenever possible keep the drum unit intact with the developing unit If you must separate the drum unit and the developing unit as when checking image faults be sure to keep it in a protective bag to prevent damage to the drum surface l Besure to use the drum shutter stopper as repl
78. ends ESS mode for the following The Energy Saver key is pressed Print data arrives from the PC e A fax arrives e Off hook set is detected e report output time arrives e timer call time arrives If equipped with fax functions 3 21 9 BOOK Read Test 8 BOOK TEST A press on 8 on the keypad from the TEST MODE menu selects the BOOK test A press 4 6 on the keypad during this test initializes the corresponding parameter as de scribed below 4 on the Keypad The book read position parameter 6 SCANNER 7 CCD 21 23 is initialized 6 on the Keypad The BOOK read parameter 6 SCANNER 7 CCD 18 19 21 23 is initialized The term CCD18 setting refers to the setting for original read position adjustment ex ecuted by a press on 3 of the keypad under CCD TEST of TEST MODE 2 94 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 3 22 Service Report 3 22 1 Manually Generating Reports The following reports may be generated manually in service mode Type of report Operation SYSTEM SERVICE DATA LIST Select an item under 10 REPORT from the SYSTEM DUMP LIST service mode menu and press the OK key Or KEY HISTORY REPORT press Function key and Report key in this order COUNTER REPORT in service mode Then select the list to output PRINT SPEC REPORT and press OK key T02 322 01 3
79. iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST 2 77 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 4 6 TONE Rx 000 L 4 8 4 8 V 34 G3 Tx TEST i Mel N D UN Baud 3429 Speed 33 6 4 8 V 34 G3 Tx TEST Baud 3200 Speed 31 2 F 4 8 V 34 G3 Tx TEST Baud 3000 Speed 28 8 4 8 V 34 Tx TEST Baud 2800 Speed 26 4 4 8 V 34 G3 Tx TEST Baud 2743 Speed 24 0 4 8 V 34 G3 Tx TEST Baud 2400 Speed 21 6 5 AGING TEST not used F02 321 05 2 78 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC 6 FACULTY TEST 1 9 M 6 1 G3 4800 bps Tx 4800 bps 6 2 REGISTRATION REGISTRATION SW OFF r 6 3 SENSOR 4 DS of DES of DDS of 1 4 CRGon DCVS on HPS on BCVS of TBS on WTS of on A4 MLT on A4 TN on JAM of 6 4 ADF 6 5 STAMP not used 1 2 r 6 6 SPEAKER 6 6 SPEAKER FREQ 1 VOL 2 FREQ TEST 6 6 SPEAKER VOL MIN MAX 6 7 OPERATION PANEL 6 9 LINE DETECT C1 OFF OHz 1 3 HOOK ON ON FC OFF not used CNG DETECT not used CNG OFF OFF CNG DETECT CNG OFF OFF 6 ESS TEST F02 321 06 CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 2 79 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE
80. indicated An increase by 1 will decrease the length of b by about 0 03 mm while increasing the length of a by about 0 03 mm 11 Press the OK key 12 Press the Stop key to end SCANNER 13 Make a copy of the test sheet in book mode on paper of the same size then check to make sure that the length of L on the copy is as indicated 14 End the work if the length of L is as indicated otherwise start over with step 2 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 7 7 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 1 3 Making Adjustments ADF 1 3 1 Items of Adjustment and Sequence of Work The ADF must be adjusted for the following items and in the following sequence of work the following registration arch auto adjustment original read position adjustment Then check to make sure that the settings of other items of adjustment are as indicated if not make adjustments starting with the preceding item of adjustment 2 Each item of adjustment affects the subsequent items of adjustment If you have made adjustments therefore be sure to check that the setting of the item of adjustment that follows is also as indicated if not be sure to start over with the preceding item 1 If you have replaced major parts of the ADF you must always execute Sequence Item of adjustment registration arch auto adjustment skew removal original read position adjustment original feed speed adjustment leading edge read
81. it open and then close the ADF place the original once again and start over a Registration Sensor Delay Jam After separation is started the registration sensor PS7 does not detect the leading edge of paper within a specific period of time b Registration Sensor Stationary Jam After the registration sensor PS7 detects the leading edge of paper it detects the trailing edge of paper before a specific period of time c Original size error After the registration sensor PS7 detects a original leading edge of paper it detects the trailing edge of paper before a specific period of time d Original Delivery Sensor Delay Jam After the registration sensor PS7 detects the leading edge of paper the original delivery sensor PS8 does not detect the leading edge of paper within a specific period of time e Delivery Sensor Stationary Jam After the registration sensor PS7 detects the trailing edge of paper the original delivery sensor PS8 does not detect the trailing edge of paper within a specific period of time f ADF Open Jam While an original is being moved the ADF copyboard cover open close sensor PS2 detects a condition indicating that the ADF is open PS8 for jam d or e PS7 for jam a b or c PS2 for jam f F04 903 01 4 44 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 5 ME
82. it over as shown in F05 201 14 and connect the connector 4 then turn back over 5 the control panel to facilitate the work COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC F05 201 18 CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 2 1 3 Removing the Copyboard Glass 1 Open the ADF copyboard cover 2 Remove the 2 screws 1 and detach the copyboard glass retainer 2 3 Remove the copyboard glass 3 F05 201 19 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 2 1 4 Removing the Main Motor Unit 1 Remove the upper cover See 2 1 1 8 2 Remove the image processor PCB See 2 2 1 3 Remove the NCU PCB if equipped with fax functions See 2 2 5 4 Remove the modular jack PCB if equipped with fax functions See 2 2 6 5 Pick the hook 1 with long nose pliers or the like and detach the registration roller gear 2 Take care not to break the claw when removing the gear 6 Remove the 6 screws 3 and detach the 4 3 plate 4 F05 201 21 5 14 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 7 Remove the 5 screws 5 and detach the plate 6
83. length of L is as indicated 13 End the work if the length of L is as indicated otherwise start over with step 2 7 6 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 1 2 4 3 Left Right Edge Read Start Position Adjustment Adjust the left right edge read start position for book mode as follows 1 If LTR paper is available prepare a test sheet using LTR paper See 1 2 2 of Chapter 7 If no LTR paper is available cut a larger sheet of paper so that its width is 216 mm then prepare a test sheet as instructed in 1 2 2 making sure that the width is 216 mm as for its length make sure that it fits the copyboard glass 2 Make a copy of the sheet in book mode on paper of the same size to a reduction ratio of 80 3 Measure the length of b a of the copy and check to make sure that it is as indicated It must be 0 0 4 mm feeding direction Copy of the test sheet PEE PE E E E EE AT E T O EE LLLI LLLI DU F07 102 04 4 Press the Additional Functions key and the key to start service mode 5 Press the Left Right Arrow key so that 6 SCANNER is indicated 6 Press the OK key 7 Press the Left Right Arrow key so that 7 CCD is indicated 8 Press the OK key 9 Press the Left Right Arrow key so that the 2nd row of the LCD indicates 021 10 Enter an appropriate correction value on the keypad so that the length of b a measured in step 2 is as
84. of each Item Description SERVICE amp S YSTEM service data list system dump print list SERVICE DATA service mode 1 through 7 13 start date SYSTEM DUMP number of communications number of receptions number of re cording sheets number of errors KEY HISTORY REPORT 1800 most recent key presses BCH LOG REPORT not used COUNTER REPORT counter readings PRINT SPEC REPORT TYPE setting printing speed memory size ROM indication ad justment data 3 16 Downloading 11 DOWNLOAD Not used COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 2 61 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 3 17 Clearing 12 CLEAR Item Level 2 item Description TEL amp USER Use it to clear all areas under user registration setting DATA Use it to clear the tel registration data and user data One touch dial speed dial and group dial numbers USER DATA Use it to clear user data SSSW and TEL registration data are not cleared SERVICE SW Use it to clear the settings under SSSW The user data is not cleared SERVICE DATA Use it to clear the counters numerator date and start data form the system dump list REPORT ACTIVITY Use it to clear the contents of the communications control report JAM not used ERR not used ALARM not used COUNTER Use it clear the counter data CARD not used ERR not used ALL Use it to clear all settings registration data excluding the counter readings denominator numerator from the s
85. on the photosensi tive drum and turning it into a toner image The drum surface is made free of potential and the transfer charging roller is cleaned T04 101 01 CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 Remarks A check is made on the presence absence of a cartridge and for paper remaining inside the machine The machine also shifts the WAIT state when the power ON and in addition the toner bottle fitted the reader unit and the toner supply cover are put back or after returning from ESS mode If a shift is from last rotation of printing on LTR or larger the fix ing heater is subjected to rest heat ing temperature control for 5 sec The fixing heater is subjected to temperature control start up tem perature control paper passage temperature control scanner ro tation speed adjustment and ATVC control are executed After last rotation the machine shifts to standby to wait for a print com mand in response to which it imme diately shifts to initial rotation 4 3 CHAPTER 4 OPERATION 1 2 Functional Construction The machine may broadly be divided into the following 7 functional blocks 4 4 lt System Used for Communication with External Devices Modular Jack I NCU PCB T Original N Printer Controller i i Image Reading Processing System Control
86. only 3 In the case of Special paper 2 mode selected at the user menu The machine performs 3 step copying speed reduction control designed to prevent crack ing of the fixing heater otherwise possibly occurring as a result overheating of the ends of the fixing assembly See 5 4 of Chapter 4 1 6 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 1 PRODUCT OUTLINE 1 6 2 Copying Speed Inch type Ratio Size Paper size copies min Cassette Manual feed tray Direct LTR 216 x279mm 8 5 x 11 0 LTR 13 13 LGL 216 x356mm 8 5 x14 0 LGL 10 10 STMTR 139 x216mm 5 5 x8 5 STMT 13 Reduce I 50 096 MIN STMT 13 64 7 LGL STMT STMT 13 IV 78 6 LGL LTR LTR 13 13 Enlarge II 129 4 STMTR gt LTRR LTR 13 13 IV 200 0 MAX LTR LTR 13 13 1 If the manual feed tray is in use the copying speed is indicated assuming that the paper size setting is correct The machine performs 3 step copying speed reduction control designed to prevent crack ing of the fixing heater otherwise possibly occurring as a result overheating of the ends of the fixing assembly See 5 4 of Chapter 4 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 1 7 CHAPTER 1 PRODUCT OUTLINE 1 7 ADF if equipped with ADF functions Items Pickup Original type Original size Original orientation Original position Original processing mode Original re
87. password consists of 4 decimal characters 0000 through 9999 and it is important to remember that these passwords are used inside the machine and are not intended for communication proce dures 4 5 3 12 Signals Tonal Signal A tonal signal consists of sinusoidal waves of a specific frequency and may be thought of as a sound carrying a meaning CNG CED and ANSam are tonal signals Binary Signal A binary signal is used to indicate the meaning of a procedure It is either 1 or 0 modulated according to frequency and is used as G3 procedure signals Procedure Signal It is a generic term for a tonal signal and a binary signal Preamble It is a signal attached to the beginning of a binary signal and is used to synchronize mo dem signals for a procedure signal Image Signal Of procedure signals it is used for actual transmission of image data Significant Signal It is a signal whose significance can be understood by a facsimile machine that receives it and it is free of a transmission error COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 7 55 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 4 5 3 13 Timer TO Timer It indicates the period of time in which a line connection is recognized during transmis sion specifically the machine waits for a significant signal from the other party after dial ing T1 Timer It indicates the period of time in which a line connection is recognized during reception specific
88. service mode deta data indicating service mode settings e control data communications control record of most recent 20 communi cations system dump record 7 16 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 1 4 1 2 After Finishing the Work 1 Connect the jumper plug JP1 of the image processor PCB service part one side of the pin is disconnected try connecting both its feet 2 Turn on the power then when DATA ERROR is indicated press the OK key 3 Enter the user data and the service mode data 4 Make various adjustments for the electrical system of the machine See 1 2 4 of Chapter 5 Ifthe machine is equipped with ADF functions make various adjustments for the ADF See 1 3 of Chapter 7 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 7 17 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 2 Troubleshooting A fault that can occur in the machine may be one of the following three an image fault a malfunction a feeding fault If a fault occurs make initial checks first then isolate the problem according to the troubleshooting flow chart and take appropriate action with the following in mind 2 1 Making Initial Checks sure to check that the connector is not suffering from poor contact 2 If you are handling a PCB or the contact sensor be sure to touch a metal portion of the machine before starting the work to avoid static damage 3
89. speed dial list coded speed dial list detail group dial list T04 802 05 List system data list T04 802 06 List activity report system dump list T04 802 07 CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 4 OPERATION 9 ADF if equipped with ADF functions 9 1 Outline The ADF is a feeding device used exclusively for stream reading and its series of opera tions original pickup feeding delivery is performed using the drive of the ADF motor M3 An original picked from the original placement assembly is controlled so that its move ment will match the read start timing of the host machine s contact sensor Then the original is moved as far as stream reading position read by the contact sensor for collection of ana log image data and sent to the delivery assembly The ADF has 3 sensors to monitor the state of the original The names and the functions of the sensors are as follows Symbol Sensor Function PS6 Original sensor Detects the presence absence of an original in the original placement assembly PS7 Registration sensor Detects the timing at which the leading edge of an original is made to arch at the ADF registration roller PS8 Original delivery sensor Monitors the movement of the original in the origi nal delivery assembly T04 901 01 PS8 PS6 PS7 F04 901 01 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON I
90. start position adjustment trailing edge read end position adjustment left right registration adjustment I gt D 1 3 2 Preparing a Test Sheet for Adjustment When making adjustments except registration arch auto adjustment and original read po sition adjustment for the ADF you will need a test sheet like the one used for the copier Prepare a test sheet by referring to the instructions given under 1 2 2 of Chapter 7 7 8 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 1 3 3 Adjusting the Mechanical Systems 1 3 3 1 Removing the Skew Make a copy of the test sheet using the ADF in Direct and make sure that the skew is as indicated T07 103 01 See 1 2 2 of Chapter 7 feeding direction b Copy of the test sheet F07 103 01 Dimension using A4 Dimension using LTR b a 0 1 3 mm 0 1 3 mm T07 103 01 1 Open the ADF 2 Loosen the 3 screws 1 and move the left hinge up and down so that the skew will be as indicated by referring to the index graduated at 1 mm intervals F07 103 02 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 7 9 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING A shift of the ADF upward by 1 mm will increase the registration along the left bottom of the paper by about 0 5 mm Memo 3 Place A4 LTR paper in the cassette
91. the level of toner consumption Drive Control Block The drive control block controls the main motor pickup solenoid and fan Sensor Detection The sensor condition of the printer block and the various pickup block are checked to monitor the drive mechanism and to detect the presence absence of the cartridge collection of waste toner presence absence of the toner bottle and the relative humidity around the machine Image Processor PCB Interface block The image processor PCB interface block sends the horizontal sync signal BDO to the image processor PCB It also returns a state signal in response to a command signal serial from the image processor PCB thereby communicating the state of the printer block to the image processor PCB COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 4 7 CHAPTER 4 OPERATION Laser Control Block The laser control block controls the drive of the laser diode of the laser scanner unit ac cording to the image signals VDO VD0 from the image processor PCB Also it controls the intensity of the laser diode auto power control for each line of print data Horizontal Sync Signal Control When the laser beam reaches the horizontal print start position the laser beam detection signal BDI from the laser scanner unit is detected and the horizontal sync signal BDO is sent to the image processor PCB Also the horizontal sync signal BD is monitored for frequency of outpu
92. the CPU on the DC controller PCB and using the drive of the main motor M1 When the cassette pickup solenoid SL2 goes ON the drive of the main motor M1 is transmitted to the cassette pickup roller as sembly to rotate the cassette pickup roller When the cassette pickup roller rotates a single sheet of paper is separated from the stack by the separation claws of the cassette and is sent as far as the registration shutter by way of the vertical path roller DC controller PCB Main motor Gear B assette pickup rollers N Paper DW i Cassette pick solenoid drive signal When SL2 goes ON the spring will turn the pickup roller slightly with the result that the gear A engages with the gear B F04 502 01 4 18 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 4 OPERATION 5 2 1 2 Retry Pickup If the paper leading edge sensor PS102 does not detect paper within a specific period of time after the cassette pickup roller has started to rotate the machine will start to rotate the cassette pickup roller once again to execute a retry pickup operation If the paper leading edge sensor PS102 still does not detect paper within a specific pe riod of time after the machine executes a retry pickup operation once the machine will iden tify the condition as a jam and will indicate a jam message on the LCD 5 2 1 3 Detecting the Size of Paper The machine dete
93. the deformation If the deformation cannot be corrected replace the cassette Separation pad Separation pad pressure spring manual feed tray 6 Is the surface of the separation pad of the manual feed tray nor mal YES Replace the pressure spring of the separation pad NO Clean it If worn replace it 7 96 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 5 4 2 Wrinkles Pickup assembly 1 Turn off the power while the paper is being moved At this time is the paper wrinkled or moving askew YES Check the rollers of the pickup assembly and the registration roller and the registration shutter If damaged replace the components Paper 2 Is the paper placed correctly NO Place the paper correctly Paper 3 Is the paper curled or wavy YES Replace the paper and advise the user on the correct method of storing paper Paper 4 Try paper of a recommended type Is the problem corrected YES Advise the user to use recommended paper Fixing assembly inlet guide 5 Is the fixing inlet guide soiled or is there foreign matter YES Clean it If there is any foreign matter remove it NO Replace the fixing assembly COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 7 97 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 5 5 Faulty Feeding of Originals if equipped with ADF func tions 5 5 1 Double Feeding Original 1 Is the original placed correctly NO Place the o
94. timing chart see Appendix 4 2 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 4 OPERATION Power ON or when the power ON and in addition the toner bottle fitted the reader unit and the toner supply cover are put back Return from ESS mode Standby End of printing Initial rotation If a print command is received during last rotation Print Last rotation Period Definition WAIT From when the power wait is turned on until when the application of the primary charg ing AC bias is started and stopped STBY After the end of standby WAIT unit the Start key is pressed INTR After a press on the initial Start key until the rotation leading edge is de tected by the paper leading edge sensor PRINT From when the paper print leading edge sensor detects the leading edge of paper to 0 5 sec after it detects the trailing edge of paper LSTR From when printing last ends until the main rotation motor stops COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC If continuous printing is selected F04 101 03 Purpose The machine s mechanical and electrical states are checked The machine is ready for a print command The machine starts up pro cess conditions and picks up paper for printing The DC controller PCB gen erates the BDO signal and the image processor PCB sends VDO signal and VDO signal thereby forming a la tent image
95. to monitor loop current When Yes is selected if loop current cannot be detected before dialing or if the loop current is cut during or transmission the line is released Bit 1 In automatic recieving CI frequency check can be selected If Yes is selected the upper and lower limits of the CI frequency are checked and automatic recieving can only go ahead if both values meet German regulations Bit 2 Use it to specify the number of last flag sequences for the procedure signal 300 bps Se lect 2 if the other party fails to receive the procedure signal transmitted by the machine normally 100 280 9281 750 753 1HF154 755 HHISS 759 760 Memo 763 764 765 768 4769 770 773 4775 HH778 H780 99783 9785 H788 The following error code are associated with transmission Bit 3 Use it to select reception to use after transmission of the CFR signal If an error occurs often because of the line condition at time of reception set it to 1 and at the same time set ECM RX to OFF for user data 2 36 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE B The following error codes are associated with the line condition at time of AE reception Memo 107 114 201 Be sure to change bit 4 before changing this bit resort to this bit only if an error still occurs When set to 1 only high speed
96. 0 3 16 min 1 5 0 1 32 min 1 d 1 0 64 min 1 1 1 T Time Out Length for Reception Bit time out length 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 8 min 1 t 0 0 i T 16 min 1 0 1 n 32 min 1 1 0 m 64 1 1 1 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 2 41 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 1 SSSW SW14 inch meter resolution setting Bit Function 1 0 Factory setting 0 paper size identification 1 0 0 1 paper size identification 1 0 0 2 inch meter resolution conversion main sub scan sub scanning 1 scanning direction ning only 3 not used declare inch resolution declare do not declare 0 5 not used 6 not used 7 not used Bit 0 1 Use a combination of bit 0 and bit 1 to set the size of paper default side if 0 and 0 A B configured paper e if 0 and 1 inch configured paper e if 1 and 0 A configured paper e if 1 and 1 A B configured paper Bit 2 Use it to specify whether to convert an inch resolution into a metric resolution for images read at time of G3 transmission only in sub scanning direction or in both main and sub scan ning direction The setting made here is effective only if bit 1 of SWOS of 1 SSSW is set to 1 Bit 4 Use it to specify whether or not to declare an inch resolution to the other party at time of G3 communication If set to 1 a declaration will be made using the DIS DCS or DTC signal to th
97. 0 00000000 00000000 00000000 OFF DIAL 10 3429 33 6 25Hz SPAIN 00010000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 10000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000010 00000000 00000010 00000000 0000001 1 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 OFF DIAL 10 3429 33 6 25Hz CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE TYPE 1 SSSW SWOI SWO02 SW03 SW04 SW05 SW06 SW07 SW08 SWO09 SWIO SWII SWI2 SW13 SW14 SWIS SW16 SW17 SW18 SW19 SW20 SW21 SW22 SW23 SW24 SW25 SW26 SW27 SW28 SW29 SW30 SW33 2 MENU 05 06 07 08 09 10 PORTUGAL 00010000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 10000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000010 00000000 00000010 00000000 00000011 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 OFF DIAL 10 3429 33 6 25Hz IRELAND 00010000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 10000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000010 00000000 00000010 00000000 00000011 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 OFF DIAL 10 3429 33 6 25Hz COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC HONG KONG 00010000 00000000
98. 0 00000000 10000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000010 00000000 00000000 00000000 0000001 1 00000010 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 OFF DIAL 10 3429 33 6 25Hz 2 65 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE TYPE 1 SSSW SWOI SWO02 SWO03 SW04 SWOS SW06 SW07 SW08 SWO09 SW10 SW11 SW12 SW13 SW14 SW15 SW16 SW17 SW18 SW19 SW20 SW21 SW22 SW23 SW24 SW25 SW26 SW27 SW28 SW29 SW30 SW33 2 MENU 05 06 07 08 09 10 2 66 CHINA GERMAN FRANCE 00010000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 10000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000010 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000011 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 OFF DIAL 13 3429 33 6 25Hz 00010000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 10000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000010 00000000 00000010 00000000 00000011 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000100 00000000 00000000 00000101 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 OFF DIAL 10 3429 33 6 25Hz 00010000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 10000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000010 00000000 00000010 00000000 00000011 0
99. 0 00000011 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 10000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 OFF DIAL 10 3429 33 6 25Hz CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE TYPE 1 SSSW SWOI SWO02 SW03 SW04 SW05 SW06 SW07 SW08 SWO09 SWIO SWII SWI2 SW13 SW14 SWIS SW16 SW17 SW18 SW19 SW20 SW21 SW22 SW23 SW24 SW25 SW26 SW27 SW28 SW29 SW30 SW33 2 MENU 05 06 07 08 09 10 POLAND 00010000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 10000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000010 00000000 00000010 00000000 00000011 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 10000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 OFF DIAL 10 3429 33 6 25Hz EUROPE2 00010000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 10000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000010 00000000 00000010 00000000 00000011 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 10000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 OFF DIAL 10 3429 33 6 25Hz COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC TAIWAN STANDARD not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used
100. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 700 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 7 0 0 0 0 F02 322 02 TX total number of transmitted pages 2 Number of transmitted pages by original size 3 RX total number of received pages 4 Number of received pages by original size 5 Number of transmitted received pages by modem speed 6 Number of transmitted received pages by mode Standard Fine Super Fine Ultra Fine 7 Number of transmitted received pages by coding method 8 Number of transmissions receptions by mode 9 Number of prints total number of prints number of pages read total number of pages read 10 Number of occurrences of specific error codes Guide to Indication 000 1 7 3 0 0 Number of Number of Number of 000 errors 001 errors 002 errors 2 96 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE cal Le 2 3 4 ies 0 RS 6 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC The report indicates the most recent 3 communication errors 1 LATEST 1 0793 2 START TIME 02 08 19 30 OTHER PARTY x 4 MAKER CODE 10001000 x 5 MACHINE CODE 10011100 00000000 bit57 00000001 00000001 00000100 00000000 00000000 6 Rx bit 00000000 01110010 00011111 00100010 00000000 00000000 00000000 bit56 7 Tx
101. 0 AUG 2002 7 15 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 1 4 When Replacing a Component You will need to perform some additional work if you have replaced a component go through the following for the item of work and steps to take 1 4 1 When Replacing the Image Processor PCB Perform the following if you have replaced the image processor PCB 1 4 1 1 Before Starting the Work 1 Ifthe machine is equipped with fax functions print out the following and all received images system data list 1 touch speed group dial list user data list activity report sys tem dump list 2 Turn off the power Vanadium lithium secondary battery BAT2 0 y Lithium battery Jumper plug BAT1 JP1 F07 104 01 When the jumper plug JP1 is removed all data in control memory will be lost Therefore do not disconnect the jumper plug JP1 The data stored in the SRAM is as follows e user data data indicating user mode settings e
102. 00 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 7 65 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 107 RX Cause Remedy Cause Remedy 109 TX Cause Remedy The transmitting machine cannot use fall back The line condition is poor and the signal from the other party cannot be received correctly even at 2400 bps 1 Ask the operator of the other party to increase the transmission level so that the signal may be received correctly 2 Adjust the NL equalizer so that the signal may be received correctly 3 Loosen the RTN transmission conditions so that RTN will not be transmitted The machine malfunctioned because of an echo 1 Provide echo remedy 1 2 Decrease the transmission level so that an echo of the transmitted signal will not be received After transmitting DCS a signal other than DIS DTC FTT CFR and CRP was received exceeding the permitted number of trans missions of the procedure signal The procedure signal is faulty Record the protocol on a DAT or MD and have it analyzed by the local Canon office and or Technical Center 111 TX RX Memory error Cause Remedy Cause Remedy 114 RX Cause Remedy Cause Remedy 7 66 While printing data stored in the image memory the effects of noise caused a data error Print out all image data and system data and execute all clear then store the sys tem data once again Noise started wrong dialing Replace the image processor PCB RTN w
103. 000 00000000 OFF DIAL 10 3429 33 6 25Hz AUSTRALIA 00010000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 10000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000010 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000011 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 OFF DIAL 10 3429 33 6 25Hz COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC FINLAND 00010001 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 10000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000010 00000000 00000010 00000000 00000011 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 OFF DIAL 10 3429 33 6 25Hz N Z 00010000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 10000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000010 00000000 00000000 00000000 0000001 1 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 OFF DIAL 10 3429 33 6 25Hz CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 ITALY 00010000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 10000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000010 00000000 00000010 00000000 0000001 1 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 0000000
104. 0000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 OFF DIAL 10 3429 33 6 25Hz CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 NORWAY 00010000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 10000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000010 00000000 00000010 00000000 0000001 1 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 OFF DIAL 10 3429 33 6 25Hz 2 63 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE TYPE 1 SSSW SWOI SWO02 SWO03 SW04 SWOS SW06 SW07 SW08 SWO09 SW10 SW11 SW12 SW13 SW14 SW15 SW16 SW17 SW18 SW19 SW20 SW21 SW22 SW23 SW24 SW25 SW26 SW27 SW28 SW29 SW30 SW33 2 MENU 05 06 07 08 09 10 2 64 HOLLAND BELGUIM 00010000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 10000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000010 00000000 00000010 00000000 00000011 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 OFF DIAL 10 3429 33 6 25Hz 00010000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 10000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000010 00000000 00000010 00000000 00000011 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000
105. 0000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 OFF DIAL 10 3429 33 6 25Hz COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC SINGAPORE CZECH SLOVENIA 00010000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 10000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000010 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000011 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 OFF DIAL 10 3429 33 6 25Hz 00010000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 10000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000010 00000000 00000010 00000000 00000011 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 OFF DIAL 10 3429 33 6 25Hz CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 00010000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 10000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000010 00000000 00000010 00000000 00000011 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 OFF DIAL 10 3429 33 6 25Hz ASIA 00010000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 10000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000010 00000000 00000000 0000000
106. 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 OFF DIAL 10 3429 33 6 25Hz COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC SWEDEN 00010000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 10000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000010 00000000 00000010 00000000 00000011 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 OFF DIAL 10 3429 33 6 25Hz SWISS 00010000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 10000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000010 00000000 00000010 00000000 00000011 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 OFF DIAL 10 3429 33 6 25Hz AUSTRIA 00010000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 10000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000010 00000000 00000010 00000000 00000011 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 OFF DIAL 10 3429 33 6 25Hz DENMARK 00010000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 10000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000010 00000000 00000010 00000000 00000011 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 0
107. 02 01 13 54 04 PREV_KEY 02 01 13 54 03 PREV_KEY 02 01 13 54 03 PREV_KEY 02 01 13 54 03 PREV_KEY 02 01 13 54 02 SHARP_KEY 02 01 13 52 54 STOP_KEY 02 01 13 52 54 STOP_KEY 02 01 13 52 54 STOP_KEY 02 01 13 52 40 STOP_KEY 02 01 13 51 26 STOP_KEY 02 01 13 51 40 STOP_KEY 02 01 13 51 22 NEXT_KEY 02 01 13 51 21 SET_KEY 02 01 13 51 25 NEXT_KEY 02 01 13 51 20 PREV_KEY 02 01 13 51 19 SET_KEY 02 01 13 51 20 PREV_KEY 02 01 13 51 19 PREV_KEY 02 01 13 51 18 PREV_KEY 02 01 13 51 19 PREV_KEY 02 01 13 51 16 USER_KEY 02 01 13 51 16 SHARP_KEY 13 50 52 STOP_KEY 02 01 13 50 52 USER_KEY STOP_KEY 02 01 13 50 51 STOP Kl 02 01 13 50 4 F02 322 04 2 98 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 3 22 1 4 COUNTER REPORT The various counter readings are indicated 3 14 1 of Chapter 2 02 01 2001 13 58 FAX l 001 kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk COUNTER REPORT kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk TOTAL SERVICE1 SERVICE2 TTL COPY PDL PRT FAX PRT RPT PRT SCAN 15 15 15 1 0 0 10 1 tou wu m m m HW MW PICK UP Q wo Won ww wou oooon FEEDER FEED il TTL FEEDER SORTER MF C1 C2 C3 C4 Wo Hn Ww HW m Hm w H 5 WST TNR 15 a F02 322 05 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 2 99 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 3 22 1 5 PRINT SPEC REPORT The report indic
108. 02 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 4 OPERATION 6 2 2 Controlling the Fixing Film Bias The machine is equipped with a fixing film bias control mechanism which is controlled by the CPU on the DC controller PCB The fixing film bias is used to prevent displacement of toner deposits i e when the primary charging roller DC bias is applied a bias of the same polarity as the toner is applied to the fixing film so as to create a magnetic field be tween the paper and the film DC controller PCB J205 Primary Primary chargin charging rallar y ging Superposition roller AC bias drive circuit A Photosensitive CPU drum Primary charging o roller DC bias drive circuit J2 Fixing film F04 602 02 6 2 3 Fixing Heater Safety Mechanism The fixing heater safety circuit is part of the DC controller PCB and is used to monitor the fixing temperature for an error at all times If the output voltage for the main thermistor or the sub thermistor reaches about 0 37 V or lower about 310 590 the relay will be turned off regardless of the state of the relay drive signal RLYD from the CPU to shut the power to the fixing heater If the temperature of the fixing heater increases abnormally on the other hand to exceed about 230 C 446F the thermal fuse will melt to cut the power to the fixing heater 6 2 4 Detecting a Fault in the
109. 05 208 07 CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 2 8 1 4 Removing the Slide Guide front rear 1 Open the ADF 2 2 Pick the tab 1 and detach the white plate 2 3 Remove the screw 3 slide plate 4 and gear 5 then detach the slide guide front rear 6 F05 208 09 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 5 63 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 2 8 1 5 Mounting the Slide Guide front rear 1 Mount the gear 3 while trying to match the 2 cut offs 1 and the marking 2 on the slide guide front rear F05 208 10 2 While holding down the gear to keep it in place mount the slide plate 4 and tighten the screw 5 to secure the plate in place F05 208 11 3 Adjust the left right registration See 1 2 2 1 of Chapter 7 5 64 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 2 8 2 Pickup System 2 8 2 1 Removing the Separation Roller Unit 1 Remove the ADF motor unit See 2 8 1 3 2E 2 Remove the E ring 1 gear 2 bush DM ing 3 and pin 4 F05 208 12 3 Remove the spring 5 screw 6 and 8 9 11 7 6 plate 7 4 Remove the E ring 8 gear 9 belt 10
110. 1 00000000 01110111 00010001 00100011 00000001 10101011 11000001 bit56 bit96 x8 Rx NSSTSIDCS PIX Tx NSF DIS CFR 2 x1 0765 F02 322 03 Service error code START TIME date and time in 24 hr notation OTHER PARTY telephone number sent by other party MAKER CODE manufacturer code MACHINE CODE code by model Bit 1 through 48 of DIS DCS or DTC received Bit 1 through 48 of DIS DCS or DTC transmitted RX received procedure signal TX transmitted procedure signal CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 2 97 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 3 22 1 3 KEY HISTORY REPORT The report indicates the most recent 1800 key presses 02 01 2001 13 55 FAX l 001 2 KEY HISTORY REPORT 02 01 13 55 48 SET_KEY 02 01 13 55 47 NEXT_KEY 02 01 13 55 47 PREV_KEY 02 01 13 55 46 PREV_KEY 02 01 13 55 45 PREV_KEY 02 01 13 55 45 PREV_KEY 02 01 13 55 45 PREV_KEY 02 01 13 55 44 NEXT_KEY 02 01 13 55 44 NEXT_KEY 02 01 13 55 43 NEXT_KEY 02 01 13 55 42 NEXT_KEY 02 01 13 55 41 NEXT_KEY 02 01 13 55 41 NEXT_KEY 02 01 13 55 40 NEXT_KEY 02 01 13 55 40 SET_KEY 02 01 13 55 40 PREV_KEY 02 01 13 55 39 PREV_KEY 02 01 13 55 39 PREV_KEY 02 01 13 55 39 PREV_KEY 02 01 13 55 39 PREV_KEY 02 01 13 55 38 SHARP_KEY 02 01 13 55 37 USER_KEY 02 01 13 54 06 SET_KEY 02 01 13 54 06 PREV_KEY 02 01 13 54 05 NEXT_KEY 02 01 13 54 05 NEXT_KEY 02 01 13 54 05 NEXT_KEY 02 01 13 54 04 SET_KEY 02 01 13 54 04 PREV_KEY
111. 1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 2 2 3 Removing the Sensor PCB 1 Remove the ADF copyboard cover ADF See 2 8 1 1 Remove the copyboard glass See 2 1 3 3 Move the contact sensor to the center 4 Remove the 2 screws 1 and detach the left upper cover 2 2 5 Remove the sensor flag 3 and the spring 4 6 Disconnect the connector 5 7 Remove the 2 screws 6 and detach the sensor PCB 7 6 F05 202 09 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 5 25 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 2 2 4 Removing the DC Controller PCB Power Supply PCB 1 2 3 4 5 6 T 5 26 Remove the rear cover See 2 1 1 1 Remove the front cover See 2 1 1 4 Remove the delivery cover See 2 1 1 5 Disconnect the 4 connectors 1 used to connect the image processor PCB and the power supply unit Disconnect the connector 2 used to connect the NCU PCB and the power supply unit Disconnect the connector 3 and free the harness 4 from the harness guide 5 Disconnect the 3 connectors 6 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC 1 eU ev F05 202 11 CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 8 Disconnect the connector 7 For installation fix the flex A ible cable tightly using a double sided tape
112. 3 Increase the setting of the page timer 4 Ask the operator of the other party to find out the cause An internal mechanism is faulty 1 Check the connection of the DES sensor registration sensor and image proces sor PCB 2 Check the following to see if they operate normally DES senor registration sensor See 6 1 of Chapter 7 3 Replace the DES sensor registration sensor COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 005 TX RX Cause Remedy Cause Remedy Cause Remedy Cause Remedy Cause Remedy Cause Remedy 009 RX Cause Remedy Cause Remedy 4 Check the connection between the ADF motor and the image processor PCB 5 Make copies to find out if the ADF motor is operating normally 6 Replace the image processor PCB Initial identification TO T1 time over The tone pulse setting is wrong Make the correct tone pulse setting The time it takes to connect to the other party s line is too long 1 When registering an auto dial number put a relatively long pause after the tele phone number to delay the TO timer start mechanism 2 In service mode increase the TO timer length using 10 of 3 Numeric param so that a time cover condition will not occur for transmission 3 In service mode increase the T1 timer length using 11 of 3 Numeric param so that a time over condition will not occur for recept
113. 3 13 2 14 1 Setting the Date Time user 4 3 13 2 14 2 Setting the Dial Type 3 14 2 14 3 Executing Communications 3 14 3 When Relocating the Machine 3 15 5 Pickup Feeding Delivery System 4 17 SA OMG sn 4 17 5 2 Pickup 4 18 5 2 1 Pickup from the Cassette 4 18 5 2 1 1 4 18 3 2 1 2 Retry 4 19 5 2 1 3 Detecting the Size of PAPEL non 4 19 5 2 2 Pickup from the Manual Feed Tray NH m 4 20 5 2 2 1 Rabe 4 20 3 2 2 2 Retry PICKUP ss 4 21 5 2 2 3 Detecting the Size of PAPEL mti e 4 21 5 3 Feeding Operation Delivery Operation nn 4 22 53 OURS Nr 4 22 5 3 2 Auto Delivery Control 4 22 5 4 Reducing the Copying Speed 4 23 34 1 4 23 5 Detecting 7 4 24 S PRENNE 4 24 5 5 2 Types of 7 4 24 6 Fixing System eo cine datei i imd 4 26 3 MEE Outline en 4 26 6 2 Controlling the Fixing Operation one 4 27 6 2 1 Controlling the Fixing Temperature issues 4 27 6 2 2 Controlling the Fixing Film jr p 4 29 6 2 3 Fixing Heater Safety Mechanism sinus 4 29 CANON iR1200 1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 vil CONTENTS 6 2 4 Detecting a Fault in the Fixing Assembly 4 29 7 Power Supply 4 3 TX Low Voltage
114. 3 2 11 Modular Jack PCB if equipped with fax functions The signals from the 2 modular jacks for telephone line and telephone connection are communicated to the line voltage conversion circuit of the NCU PCB and the signals from the fax are communicated to the telephone line 1 3 2 12 Sensor Relay PCB Relay the connection between the DC controller PCB and the sensors below Humidity sensors HS Toner bottle sensor PS11 4 10 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 4 OPERATION 1 4 Power On Sequence The following is the flow of operation occurring from when the machine is turned on un til it enters standby state Initializes the CPU Clears the RAM Sets the Port Checks the reader unit open close Toner supply cover open closed detection Toner bottle present absent detection Checks paper cassette manual tray Detects size of paper LGL cassette Checks the thermistor open short Starts communication with the image processor PCB Checks the machine inside for residual paper Fixing Heater On A jam is identified if the paper leading edge sensor or the delivery sensor detects paper 0 2 sec after the fixing heater goes ON is the fixing temperature 100 C Or has 0 5 sec passedafter the fixing heater went ON YES When the main motor goes ON the machine always checks the level of waste toner A check is made for the presence absence of a
115. 3 Manual Feed Pickup Roller Dry wipe it with a cloth moistened with water and wrung well If the dirt is excessive use alcohol with lint free paper thereafter be sure to dry wipe it with a cloth or lint free pa per 4 3 4 Separation Pad Dry wipe it with lint free paper 4 3 5 Registration Roller Clean it with a cloth moistened with water and wrung well If the dirt is excessive use alcohol with lint free paper thereafter use a cloth or lint free paper 4 3 6 Transfer Guide Clean it with a cloth moistened with water and wrung well thereafter dry wipe it with a cloth or lint free paper 4 3 7 Transfer Charging Roller As a rule do not touch or clean it However if cleaning proves necessary as when the cause of an image fault is the transfer roller clean it while taking care not to handle the roller or not to subject it to solvent or oils Use lint free paper and dry wipe it Do not use water or solvent During cleaning take care not to impose force on the rubber area of the transfer charging roller 4 3 8 Separation Static Eliminator Clean it with a blower brush 4 3 9 Paper Path Dry wipe it with lint free paper 4 3 10 Fixing Inlet Guide Use alcohol with a soft cloth 4 3 11 Fixing Pressure Roller If dirt cannot be removed by executing fixing pressure roller cleaning from the Additional Functions menu use alcohol and a soft cloth COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 6 5 CH
116. ADF functions 2 Only if equipped with fax functions F04 701 01 4 32 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 4 OPERATION 7 1 2 Protective Functions The power supply PCB is equipped with an over current over voltage protection mecha nism to prevent damage to the power circuit in the event of an over current or over voltage as caused by a short circuit or the like on the load side If the over current over voltage pro tective mechanism has gone ON disconnect the power cord and correct the fault then con nect the power cord once again to reset the machine If short circuiting and resetting are re peated the internal fuse F1 F2 F101 can melt 7 2 High Voltage Power Supply Circuit The high voltage output circuit is built into the DC controller PCB The CPU on the DC controller PCB sends instructions for the generation of the following high voltages at specific timing primary charging roller bias AC voltage DC negative voltage developing bias AC voltage DC negative voltage transfer charging roller bias DC positive voltage or DC negative voltage 7 3 Controlling the ESS Mechanism 7 3 1 Outline The machine is equipped with an ESS mechanism to limit the consumption of power in standby as much as possible The ESS function is controlled by the image processor PCB and the machine shifts to ESS mode when the Energy Saver key in the control panel is pressed or the machine
117. APTER 6 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION 4 3 12 Delivery Roller Clean it with a cloth moistened with water and wrung well If the dirt is excessive use alcohol and lint free paper thereafter dry wipe it with a cloth or lint free paper 4 3 13 Back of Copyboard Glass Back of Shading Plate Wipe it with a cloth moistened with water and wrung well then dry wipe it with a cloth or lint free paper Back of copyboard glass White pate back of shading plate Copyboard glass Copyboard glass retainer Copyboard glass retainer Vertical size plate Manual feed Contact sensor pickup roller Delivery roller Separation pad Fixing pressure roller FX Fixing inlet guide Separation Transfer Vertical path roller Paper path Static i dis eliminator ansfer guide Registration roller charging Cassette roller pickup roller F06 403 02 6 6 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 6 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION 4 4 Cleaning at Time of a Service Visit ADF At time of a service visit clean the items described in 4 2 Cleaning by the User ADF then perform the following as needed 4 4 1 Original Pickup Roller Clean it with a cloth moistened with water and wrung well If dirt is excessive use alco hol with lint free paper thereafter dry wipe it with a cloth or lint free paper 4 4 2 Origina
118. B control panel control 5 Sensor PCB ADF copyboard cover open close detection contact sensor home position detection 6 Power supply PCB low voltage power supply control 7 Printer controller PCB computer combination control 8 NCU fax communication control 9 Modular jack PCB telephone line connection 10 Laser scanner motor driver laser scanner motor drive 11 Laser driver BD PCB laser drive laser beam detection 12 Main motor driver main motor drive 13 Sensor relay PCB Relay between the humidity sensor the toner bottle sensor and the DC controller PCB T07 602 04 If equipped with fax functions 7 108 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 6 3 Variable Resistors Light Emitting Diodes LED and Check Pins by PCB Of the VRs LEDs and check pins used in the machine those needed when servicing in the field are discussed 1 Some LEDs emit dim light even when OFF this is a normal condition A and must be kept in mind 2 VRs that may be used in the field VRs that must not be used in the field Do not touch the VRs and check pins not found in the lists herein they are exclusively for the factory and require special tools and high accuracy 6 3 1 Image Processor PCB
119. CHANICAL SYSTEM COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 1 Points to Note When Disassembling Assembling the Machine The mechanical characteristics and sequences of operation are described together with ex planations of how the machine may be disassembled and assembled keep the following in mind when disassembling assembling the machine 1 Disconnect the power plug and the modular cable in advance for safety Be sure also to disconnect all cables used to connect the machine to the PC 2 Reverse the steps used to disassemble the machine when assembling the machine 1 e unless otherwise stated Identify the screws by type length diameter and location 4 The mounting screws for the grounding wire and varistors come with a toothed washer to ensure electrical continuity Be sure not to leave out the washers Do not as a rule operate the machine with any of its parts removed 6 Touch a metal portion of the machine before handling PCBs and contact sensor thereby protecting PCBs against static damage Oo COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 5 1 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 7 Take care not to touch the light guide assembly of the contact sensor 8 Take care not to lose the spacer of the contact sensor during the work Moreover be sure to fit it correctly at the end of the work Light guide assembly tran
120. CM protocol Modulation method G3 image signals ITU T V 27ter 2 4kbps 4 8kbps ITU T V 29 7 2kbps 9 6kbps ITU T V 17 14 4kbps 12kbps TC9 6kbps TC7 2kbps ITU T V 34 2 4Kbps 4 8Kbps 7 2Kbps 9 6Kbps 12Kbps 14 4Kbps 16 8Kbps 19 2Kbps 21 6Kbps 24Kbps 26 4Kbps 28 8Kbps 31 2Kbps 33 6Kbps G3 procedure signals ITU T V 21 No 2 300bps ITU T V 8 V34 300bps 600bps 1200bps Transmission speed 33 6Kbps 31 2Kbps 28 8Kbps 26 4Kbps 24Kbps 21 6Kbps 19 2Kbps 16 8Kbps 14 4Kbps 12Kbps TC9 6Kbps TC7 2Kbps 9 6Kbps 7 2Kbps 4 8Kbps 2 4Kbps With automatic fallback function Coding MH MR MMR JBIG Error correction ITU T ECM Canon express protocol None Transmission output level from 0 to 15 dBm Minimum receive input level 43 dBm at V 17 Modem IC CONEXANT FM336 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 1 9 CHAPTER 1 PRODUCT OUTLINE 1 8 2 Scanner section specifications Scanning method Contact sensor scanning method Scanning line density Horizontal Standard Fine Superfine 203 2 dpi 8 dots mm Ultrafine 406 4 dpi 16 dots mm Interpolated Vertical Standard 97 79 dpi 3 85 lines mm Fine 195 58 dpi 7 7 lines mm Superfine Ultrafine 391 16 dpi 15 4 lines mm Scanning density adjustment Light Standard Dark The density level of each mode can be selected by the user mode menu Half tone 64 gradation error diffusion system 1 8 3 Printer secti
121. Cleaning blad TT eaning blade 7 PB Fixing assembly Static eliminator 7 Transfer charging roller La Vertical path roller Paper F04 101 01 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 4 1 CHAPTER 4 OPERATION The machine has a cartridge construction in which the drum toner housing primary charging assembly developing cylinder and cleaning blade are designed as a single entity items serving as the core of image formation It uses SURF as its fixing method in which a fluorine coated film is heated by a heater and paper is moved between the film and the fixing pressure roller the image is fused by the work of heat and pressure The machine s image formation processes are as follow Step 1 Primary charging AC and negative DC Step 2 Laser exposure Step 3 Development AC and negative DC Step 4 Transfer positive DC Step 5 Separation Step6 Fixing Step 7 Drum cleaning Static image formation block Cartridge 4 Y 3 Development 7 Drum cleaning D j 5 Separation Yoo Manual feed tray Registration iu flow of paper lt rotation of drum F04 101 02 The machine s sequence of operation is controlled by the CPU on the image processor PCB and the CPU on the DC controller PCB F04 101 03 shows the sequential flow and T04 101 01 provides descriptions of the periods involved For a
122. DF functions 5 59 2 8 1 Externals Auxiliary Control System sus 5 59 2 8 1 1 Removing the ADF 5 59 2 8 1 2 Removing the ADF Drive CR 5 61 2 8 1 3 Removing the ADF Motor em eer ere 5 62 2 8 1 4 Removing the Slide Guide front 5 63 2 8 1 5 Mounting the Slide Guide front 5 64 2 8 2 Pickup 5 65 2 8 2 1 Removing the Separation Roller 5 65 2 8 2 2 Removing the Original Pickup roller Original Separation roller 5 67 2 8 2 3 Removing the Original Sen sor Registration Sensor 5 67 2 8 2 4 Removing the Original separation Pad 5 68 2 8 2 5 Removing the ADF Registration Roller 5 60 2 8 3 Feeding 5 71 2 8 3 1 Removing the White Rollers ses 5 71 2 8 3 2 Removing the Feeding Outside Guide 5 72 2 8 3 3 Removing the Feed Roll 5 73 2 8 3 4 Removing the Original Feed 5 74 2 8 4 Delivery System 5 75 2 8 4 1 Removing the Delivery Stacking Tray Original Delivery Roller un 5 75 2 8 4 2 Removing the Original Delivery Sensor 5 76 CANON iR1200 1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 iX CONTENTS CHAPTER 6 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION 1 Periodically Replaced Parts 6 1 2 Durables T 6 1 3 Scheduled Servicing Chart 6 1 eL ui D
123. ENOR Tes f Press 1 on the keypad DS of DES of DDS of CRG on DCVS on DS original sensor 1 PS6 on if present of if absent DES registration sensor 1 PS7 on if present of if absent DDS original delivery sensor 1 PS8 on if present of if absent CRG not used DCVS Reader unit slide detecting switch SW1 and toner supply cover open closed detecting switch SW2 on reader unit in position and toner supply cover closed of reader unit not in position or toner supply cover open 1 indicates the state of a specific sensor of the ADF Press 2 on the keypad HPS on BCVS of TBS on WTS of HPS contact sensor home position sensor PS1 on contact sensor in home position of contact sensor home position BCVS ADF copyboard cover open close sensor PS2 on cover open of cover closed TBS toner bottle sensor PS11 on toner bottle fitted of toner bottle not fitted cartridge not fitted WTS waste toner full sensor PS12 on if present of if absent Press 3 on the keypad CT1 on A4 CT1 cassette paper sensor P103 on paper present of paper absent Press 4 on the keypad MLT on A4 TNon JAM of MLT manual feed tray paper sensor PS4 on paper present of paper absent TN not used JAM not used F07 601 03 The paper leading edge sensor PS102 LGL paper sensor PS101 and delivery sensor PS3 cannot be checked by running
124. F and a specific period of time passes At time of cleaning the fixing pressure roller the trailing edge of paper does not move past the delivery sensor PS3 i e the sensor does not go OFF within a specific pe riod of time 4 24 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 4 OPERATION g Auto Delivery Jam When the fixing heater is started the paper leading edge sensor PS102 detects the presence of paper The paper group is not known or the paper last subjected to length detection is identi fied as being LTR or larger under either of these conditions the delivery sensor PS3 detects paper within 2 sec after the fixing heater starts The size of the paper last subjected to length detection is identified as being LTR or larger and the delivery sensor PS3 detects paper within 2 sec after the main motor starts While auto delivery is under way the machine identifies the absence of a cartridge h Door Open Jam During printing the reader unit slide detecting switch SW1 has detected movement sliding for the reader unit f the toner supply cover open closed detecting switch SW2 identifies the toner bottle cover as being open during printing f the toner bottle sensor PS11 identifies the toner bottle as being displaced during printing Presence absence of cartridge SW1 for jam h for jam g develop
125. F02 321 12 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 2 89 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE ADF Test 6 4 ADF Use it to check the operation of the ADF Press 4 on the keypad while the FACULTY TEST menu is indicated to select ADF test Place an original in the original placement area and press the Start key so that the original will be moved at a specific speed Select this item press 10 originals in the ADF and press 8 on the keypad to execute reg istration arch auto adjustment only if equipped with ADF functions See 1 3 4 of Chapter 7 Speaker test 6 6 SPEAKER Use it to check the operation of the speaker Press 6 on the keyboard while the FACULTY TEST menu is indicated to select speaker test In the test tonal signal sounds of between 200 Hz to 5 kHz at 100 Hz intervals are gen erated white changing the volume Check to see if the speaker generates these signals 6 6 SPEAKER FREQ 1 Press 1 on the keypad Press 2 on keypad 6 6 SPEAKER 6 6 SPEAKER FREQ TEST VOL MIN MAX Press the Start key Adjust the volume to change the of the signals at transmission frequency min at max may be changed in steps by pressing the Start key F02 321 13 2 90 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE Control Panel Test 6 7 OPERATION PANEL This test is used to check the operati
126. FG A press on the key causes its H I JKLMNOPQR corresponding character to go out Control key test 1 i 23456789abc A press on a 1 touch dial key causes its corresponding character to go out Control key test 2 After all characters are gone press the Stop key to end the test F02 321 17 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 2 93 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE Line Connection Reception Test 6 9 LINE DETECT A press on 9 on the keypad from the FACULTY TEST menu selects the LINE DETECT test On Test Menu 1 you can check Cl FC state of hooking of the eternal telephone and the detection of signals by the NCU package Test Menu 1 A press on 1 on the keypad from the LINE DETECT menu selects test menu 1 In this test the LCD indication changes from OFF to ON when C1 FC or off set of the external telephone is detected in relation to the telephone line Test Menu 3 A press on 3 on the keypad from the LINE DETECT menu selects test menu 3 In this test the LCD indication changes from OFF to ON when CNG is detected in relation to the telephone terminal ESS Test 6 ESS TEST A press on the key from the FACULTY TEST menu executes the ESS Energy Save Stanby hereafter ESS test In the course of execution the test causes the machine to be in ESS mode causing all LEDs except the Energy Saver key in the control panel to go OFF The machine
127. G 1 3 4 Adjusting the Electrical Systems 1 3 4 1 Registration Arch Auto Adjustment Adjust the registration arch for the ADF registration roller as follows 1 Press the Additional Functions key and the key to start service mode 2 Press the Left Right Arrow key so that TEST MODE is indicated 3 Press 6 on the keypad so that FACULTY TEST is indicated 4 Press 4 on the keypad so that 6 4 ADF is indicated 5 Place 10 sheets of A4 paper in the ADF 6 Press 8 on the keypad so that the machine will start registration arch auto adjustment 7 End the work when the LCD indicates OK if it indicates NG on the other hand start over the adjustment 8 Press the Stop key and then the Additional Functions key to end TEST MODE 1 3 4 2 Original Read Position Adjustment Adjust the contact sensor original read position for ADF mode as follows Check to make sure that the ADF is fully closed before starting the work A Moreover check to be sure of the absence of any object on the copyboard glass 1 Press the Additional Functions key and the key to start service mode 2 Press the Left Right Arrow key so that TEST MODE is indicated 3 Press the OK key 4 Press 2 on the keypad so that 2 CCD TEST is indicated 5 Press 3 so that the machine starts original read position adjustment 6 End the work when the LCD indicates OK if it indicates NG on the other hand start over
128. G 2002 CHAPTER 4 OPERATION 5 4 Reducing the Copying Speed 5 4 1 Outline The machine is not equipped with a paper width detection mechanism for this reason if paper with a limited width is used in continuous printing the ends of the fixing heater would overheat To prevent overheating the machine switches among 3 copying speeds with reference to the readings of the sub thermistor 1 Normally the machine reduces the speed to 4 ppm when the reading of the sub ther mistor reaches 245 C 473 or higher 2 The machine will further reduce the copying speed to 3 ppm if the reading of the sub thermistor reaches 255 C 491 or higher after it has reduced it to 4 ppm 3 The machine will further reduce the copying speed to 2 ppm if the reading of the sub thermistor reaches 260 C 500 or higher after it has reduced it to 3 ppm COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 4 23 CHAPTER 4 OPERATION 5 5 Detecting Jams 5 5 1 Outline The machine is equipped with 6 sensors used to detect jams The presence absence of paper is checked with reference to the state of each sensor at such times as stored in the CPU on the DC controller PCB When the machine detects a jam it will turn off the main motor M1 and will indicate a jam message on the LCD 5 5 2 Types of Jams The machine groups jams into 8 types When a jam occurs be sure to remove it and start over the operation a Pickup Delay Jam After e
129. HAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 2 6 5 Removing the Manual Feed Pickup Roller 1 Remove the right cover See 2 1 1 2 2 Free the 2 hooks 1 and slide the 2 manual feed pickup roller retainers 2 to the left and right 3 Free the hook 3 and slide the manual feed pickup roller 4 to the right to de tach F05 206 12 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 5 49 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 2 6 6 Removing the Separation Pad 1 Remove the manual feed tray upper See 2 6 3 2 Remove the manual feed tray lower See 2 6 4 3 Open the right door 4 Remove the screw 1 and detach the separation pad 2 F05 206 13 2 6 7 Removing the Manual Feed Pickup Solenoid Manual Feed Tray Paper Sensor 1 Remove the main motor unit See 2 1 4 2 Remove the screw 1 and detach the manual feed pickup solenoid 2 3 Free the 2 hooks 3 and detach the manual feed tray paper sensor 4 F05 206 14 5 50 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 2 6 8 Removing the Vertical Path Roller 1 Remove the cassette 2 Place the machine so that its pickup side is at the bottom 3 Remove the 8 screws 1 and detach the bottom plate 2 F05 206 16 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 5 51 CHAPTER 5 MECHA
130. HAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 2 8 4 2 Removing the Original Delivery Sensor 1 Remove the ADF drive unit See 2 8 1 2 2 Disconnect the connector 1 3 Free the 2 hooks 2 and detach the original delivery sensor 3 F05 208 32 5 76 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 6 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 6 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION 1 Periodically Replaced Parts The machine does not have parts that require periodical replacement 2 Durables The machine does not have durables that require replacement once or more during the life of the product because of wear or damage 3 Scheduled Servicing Chart The machine does not have items parts or durables that require scheduled servicing To help prolong the life of the product and its parts it is recommended that the following be performed at time of a service visit As of August 2002 Work Procedure 1 Question key person in charge and obtain a general idea of the issue 2 Make repairs of any faults 3 Make test copies and check the output for the following 1 image density against standards 2 soiling of the background 3 clarity of characters 4 margin 5 fixing faulty registration soiling of the back of the page Standards for Margin single sided Leading edge 3 0 2 0 mm 0 12 x 0 08 Left right edge 2 5 2 0
131. IGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 INTRODUCTION 1 Symbols Used This documentation uses the following symbols to indicate special information Symbol Description Indicates an item of a non specific nature possibly classified as Note Caution or Warning Indicates an item requiring care to avoid electric shocks Indicates an item requiring care to avoid combustion fire Indicates an item prohibiting disassembly to avoid electric shocks or problems Indicates an item requiring disconnection of the power plug from the electric outlet Indicates an item intended to provide notes assisting the understanding of the topic in question Indicates an item of reference assisting the understanding of the topic in ques tion 5 PARACOTR 20 m m Provides a description of a service mode Provides a description of the nature of an error indication Refers to the Copier Basics Series for a better understanding of the contents COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 INTRODUCTION 2 Outline of the Manual This Service Manual provides basic facts and figures needed to service the 1R1200 Series 1R1300 Series products in the field and it consists of the following chapters Chapter 1 Chapter 2 Chapter 3 Chapter 4 Chapter 5 Chapter 6 Chapter 7 Appendix Product Outline Using the Machine Installation Operation Mechani
132. If the original is too thin or too small transmit it in book mode Internal Fault 1 Check the connection of the DS sensor original sensor DES sensor registra tion sensor and image processor PCB 2 Check the following to see if they operate normally DS sensor original sen sor DES senor registration sensor See 6 1 of Chapter 7 3 Replace the DS sensor original sensor and the DES sensor registration sen sor 4 Check the connection between the ADF motor and the image processor PCB un Make copies to find out if the ADF motor is operating normally 6 Replace the image processor PCB Document is too long or page time over The length of a single page is too long Make copies in book mode and transmit the original in several divisions The data of a single page is too large exceeding the time allowed for transmis sion 1 Decrease the reading resolution when transmitting 2 If the original is too long and thus results in a large amount of data make cop ies in book mode and transmit the original in several divisions 3 If halftone transmission is used the original is of a default size and the data is too large increase the setting of the page timer The data of a single page is too large exceeding the time allowed for reception 1 Ask the operator of the other party to decrease the reading resolution and trans mit 2 Ask the operator of the other party to divide the original and transmit
133. M VOLUME ON VOLUMEI 3 1 OFF 3 TX DONE TONE ON VOLUMEI 3 1 ERROR ONLY VOLUMEI 3 1 OFF 4 RX DONE TONE ON VOLUMEI 3 1 ERROR ONLY VOLUMEI 3 1 OFF Only if equipped with fax functions COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 2 5 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 1 COMMON SETTINGS 3 VOLUME CONTROL 5 PRINTING END TONE ON VOLUMEI 3 1 ERROR ONLY VOLUMEI 3 1 OFF 6 SCANNING END TONE ON VOLUMEI 3 1 ERROR ONLY VOLUMEI 3 1 OFF 7 CALLING VOLUME 1 3 2 8 LINE MONITOR VOL ON VOLUMEI 3 2 OFF 4 STACK BYPASS SIZE OFF BYPASS PAPER SIZE FREE SIZE SET ON LOADING ON BYPASS PAPER SIZE A4 B5 AS LGL LTR STMT CUSTOM PAER SIZE I VERTICAL SIZE 76 216mm 216 2 HORIZONTAL SIZE 127 356mm 356 Only if equipped with fax functions 2 Factory default for A AB area 3 Factory default for Inch area 2 6 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 1 COMMON SETTINGS 5 DRAWER PAPER SIZE A4 LTR LGL B5 FOLIO FOOLSCAP 6 PRINT EXPOSURE 5 settings Center 7 MP PAPERTYPE PLAIN PAPER TRACING PAPER TRANSPARENCY SPECIAL PAPER 1 SPECIAL PAPER 2 8 COPY POWER LEVEL HIGH NORMAL LOW 9 TONER SAVER MODE ON OFF 10 PRT FEED INTERVAL LONG INTERVAL NORMAL INTERVAL 11 DISPLAY LANGUAGE ENGLISH FRENCH SPANISH GERMAN ITALIAN DUTCH FINNISH PORTUGUESE NORWEGIAN SWEDISH DANISH
134. NC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 4 41 CHAPTER 4 OPERATION 9 2 Picking Up and Moving Originals 9 2 1 Outline The ADF picks up and moves originals under the control of the CPU on the host machine s image processor PCB and using the drive of the ADF motor M3 When the host machine s Start key is pressed with an original placed in the original tray the ADF motor starts to rotate counterclockwise and the pickup roller moves down to move up the original stopper At the same time the original pickup roller and the original separa tion roller start to rotate When the original pickup roller and the original separation roller rotate a single original is separated by the work of the original separation roller and the original separation pad and its leading edge is detected by the registration sensor The original is then sent as far as the ADF registration roller a specific period of time after the registration sensor detects the leading edge the ADF motor starts to rotate clockwise to move up the original pickup roller and move down the original stopper The ADF motor rotates clockwise to rotate the ADF registration roller white roller origi nal feed roller and original delivery roller to move and deliver the original ON when ADF motor rotates CCW gt ON when ADF motor rotates CW cu Original stopper Original delivery roller ADF motor PICKUP Original separation roller
135. NG 2 2 Troubleshooting Flow Chart After going through the initial checks try to isolate the problem using the following flow chart and take appropriate action Initial Checks See the troubleshooting tables for malfunctions other than for service errors Is power supplied See the troubleshooting tables for malfunctions other than for service errors Is a user or service error indicated Does the machine enter standby state See the Reference Guide Fax Guide or the troubleshooting tables for malfunctions service errors Yes See the troubleshooting tables for malfunctions other than for service errors Can a test print be made 1 Yes Execute test printing See the troubleshooting tables for feeding faults Does a jam occur Is the delivered paper normal See the troubleshooting tables for feeding faults Is there an image fault See the troubleshooting tables for faulty images See the Reference Guide Fax Guide or the troubleshooting tables for malfunctions service errors Is a user or service error initiated F07 202 01 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 7 19 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 1 When executing test printing be sure to select the source of paper used by the user when the f
136. NICAL SYSTEM 4 Push off the claw 3 of the bushing front in the direction of A and draw out the bushing front 4 in the direc tion of B 5 Push off the claw 5 of the bushing rear in the direction of A and draw out the bushing rear 6 in the direction of B till the bushing goes out of the feeder frame 7 F05 206 18 5 52 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 6 Place the machine in normal position F05 206 19 7 Open the right door 8 Slide the vertical path roller 8 to the front to detach 7 7 To avoid break of the feeder i tt frame 7 remove the bush Lg m ings before removing KI mounting the vertical path roller N ul F05 206 20 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 5 53 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 2 6 9 Removing the Registration Roller Unit 1 Remove the image processor PCB See 2 2 1 2 Using long nose pliers or the like pick the hook 1 and detach the registration roller gear 2 When removing the gear be sure to take care not to break the claw F05 206 21 3 Slide the reader unit and open the car 4 tridge cover
137. O SWITCH OFF ON F T RING TIME 01 99SEC 15 6 REMOTE RX ON REMOTE RX ID 00 99 25 OFF Only if equipped with fax functions 2 Only for the iR1370F model 2 12 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 3 FAX SETTINGS 5 PRINTER SETTINGS 1 RX REDUCTION ON 1 RX REDUCTION AUTO SELECTION FIXED REDUCTION 97 95 90 75 2 SELECT REDUCE DIR VERTICAL ONLY HORIZ amp VERTICAL OFF 2 TONER SUPPLY LOW KEEP PRINTING RX TO MEMORY 6 SYSTEM SETTINGS 1 FAX DEFAULT 1 RESOLUTION OFF STANDARD FINE PHOTO SUPER FINE ULTRA FINE 2 BOOK TX SCAN SIZE A4 5 LGL SHEET 2 LOCK PHONE ON OFF Only if equipped with fax functions 2 This setting may be unavailable depending on the valve set for service mode 1 SSSW gt SW 14 gt bit 0 1 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 6 SYSTEM SETTINGS 3 COUNTRY SELECT UK GERMANY FRANCE ITALY SPAIN HOLLAND DENMARK NORWAY SWEDEN FINLAND AUSTRIA BELGIUM SWITZERLAND PORTUGAL IRELAND GREECE LUXEMBOURG HUNGARY CZECH RUSSIA SLOVENIA SOUTH AFRICA OTHERS 3 FAX SETTINGS 1 Only if equipped with fax functions 2 This setting may be unavailable depending on the value set for service mode 5 TYPE COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE
138. ON RELAY 2 100000000000 2 1 NZ ON RELAY 2 010000000000 2 2 CH ON RELAY 2 001000000000 2 3 CI2 ON RELAY 2 000100000000 2 4 AST ON RELAY 2 000010000000 2 5 C1 ON RELAY 2 000001000000 2 6 C2 ON RELAY 2 000000100000 2 7 NOR ON RELAY 2 000000010000 2 8 DCSEL ON RELAY 2 000000001000 2 9 DCLIM ON RELAY 2 000000000100 2 PSEL1 ON RELAY 2 000000000001 2 IPSEL3 ON F02 321 02 CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 2 75 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 2 76 4 2 FREQ 1 7 4 4 G3 Tx 0 8 r 4 2 4 2 4 2 r 4 2 r 4 2 4 2 4 2 FREQ 462 Hz FREQ 1100 Hz FREQ 1300 Hz FREQ 1500 Hz FREQ 1650 Hz FREQ 1850 Hz FREQ 2100 Hz r 4 4 G3 Tx 300 bps 4 4 Tx 2400 bps _ 4 4 Tx 4800 bps _ 4 4 Tx 7200 bps _ 4 4 G3 Tx 9600 bps _ 4 4 Tx TC7200 bps m 4 4 Tx TC9600 bps F02 321 03 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 4 5 DTM 0 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC 4 4 G3 Tx 12000 bps 4 4 G3 Tx 14400 bps F Tx TEST r 4 5 DTMF 9 0 4 5 DTMF 4 5 DTMF 4 5 DTMF 4 5 DTMF r 4 5 DTMF 4 5 DTMF 4 5 DTMF 4 5 DTMF r 4 5 DTMF 4 5 DTMF 4 5 DTMF Tx Tx Tx Tx Tx Tx F02 321 04 CANON iR1200
139. OUNT CHECK 101 TOTAL 1 XX 201 COPY 1 XX 000 000 000 000 2 Cannot be changed 3 The specifics indicated by the Count Check menu may be selected in service mode 3 NUMERIC PARAM No 57 through 61 see 3 6 of Chapter 2 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 2 17 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 2 2 User Report 2 2 1 Manually Generating a Report The user can generate any of the following report manually Name of report Operation User data list Select a report in the user mode menu 2 1 of touch spd dial list Chapter 2 Or select fax mode Press Function 1 touch dial spd dial list detail key and Report key in this order Use the Left or Coded speed dial list Right Arrow key to select a list to print then Coded speed dial list detail press OK key Group dial list Docement memory list Select fax mode Press Function key and Report Activity report key in this order Use the Left or Right Arrow key to select a list to print then press OK key 1 Only if equipped with fax functions T02 202 01 2 18 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 2 2 2 Automatically Generating Reports if equipped with fax functions The user can make appropriate settings in user mode so that the following reports may be generated automatically Name of report TX report Error TX report RX rep
140. PYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 3 12 Setting the Printer Parameters 7 PRINTER 3 12 1 1 SSSW Setting 7 PRINTER 1 SSSW SWO6 reduction setting Bit Function 1 0 Factory setting 0 reduction at time of image divi prohibit do not prohibit 0 sion 1 not used 2 not used 3 not used d not used 5 not used 6 not used 7 not used bit 0 Use it to specify whether or not to reduce the received image of an extra long original if it can be printed in divisions after reducing to the maximum reduction ratio 70 prohibit select it to divide and print on the next page Direct For instance if an extra length original as long as 2 5 A4R original is received it will be divided into 3 A4R sheets for printing the image will be in Direct do not prohibit select it to print the image by reducing it to fit a single page in divided print mode For instance if an extra length original as long as 2 5 A4R originals is received it will be reduced to 70 to print on 2 A4R sheets COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 2 57 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 7 PRINTER 1 SSSW SW13 humidity sensor fixed mode Bit Function 1 0 Factory setting 0 humidity sensor fixed mode se 1 0 0 1 lected 1 0 0 2 not used 3 not used 4 not used 5 not used 6 not used 7 not us
141. Photosensitive drum Manual feed pickup roller 2 Gi Of EE M Vertical path roller Delivery X Fixing Transfer Registration roller roller pressure charging Cassette pickup roller roller roller F04 105 01 4 12 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 4 OPERATION 2 Image Reading Processing System 2 1 Outline The image reading processing system consists of the following major components contact sensor used to read originals reader motor drive pulley drive belt carriage and carriage rail used to move the con tact sensor The analog processor PCB is used to convert the analog image data colleted by the contact sensor into digital image data The image reading mechanism is controlled based on the drive signals from the image processor PCB thereby moving the contact sensor to read the original placed on the copyboard glass F04 201 01 When the ADF is used the contact sensor is moved to stream reading position and the originals are read when they are moved by the ADF Stream reading position with ADF in use wo pulley Contact sensor Analog processor j Contact sensor home position sensor Carriage rail Reader motor Drive belt Drive pulleys F04 201 01 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 4 OPERATION
142. Procedure for Image Faults Before starting to investigate the cause of an image fault be sure to find out wheather the user is storing paper in the correct way and using paper of a recommended type If the prob lem is corrected using such paper advise the user accordingly EN Too light Foggy horizontally White spots vertical LP Soiled face LP Blurry image COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC Too dark RS A AU EN ie ot art hy nye Fuzzy black horizontally lines White lines vertical Soiled back LP Poor sharpness out of focus Foggy vertically Black lines vertical White spots horizontal LP Fixing fault Blank Fuzzy black vertical lines Black lines horizontal White lines horizontal Left right displacement Soiled blank Note E Paper feed direction F07 301 01 CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 7 21 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 3 1 1 The output is too light Image density 1 Is the image density setting correct e In the case of copier functions PRINT EXPOSURE of COMMON SETTINGS and STANDARD EXPOSURE of COPY SETTINGS on user mode menu In the case of printer functions or fax functions PRINT EXPO SURE of COMMON SETTINGS on user mode menu NO Correct the image density setting Paper 2 Try paper fresh out of package newly opened Is the problem cor rected
143. RIGHT 2002 CANON INC SWISS AUSTRIA DENMARK NORWAY 10 10 10 10 15 15 15 15 12 12 12 12 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 5500 5500 5500 5500 3500 3500 3500 3500 1300 1300 1300 1300 120 120 120 120 2 2 2 2 100 100 100 100 0 0 0 0 400 400 400 400 100 100 100 30 0 0 0 30 400 400 400 400 10 10 10 10 60 60 60 60 0 0 0 0 3 3 3 3 101 101 101 101 201 201 201 201 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 SWISS AUSTRIA DENMARK NORWAY CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE TYPE HOLLAND BELGUIM AUSTRALIA 3 NUMERIC Param 02 03 04 05 06 09 10 11 13 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 24 23 2T 28 56 57 58 59 60 61 5 TYPE HOLLAND BELGUIM AUSTRALIA COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC 10 15 12 5500 3500 1300 120 100 400 100 400 10 60 101 201 10 15 12 4 6 5500 3500 1300 120 100 400 100 300 10 60 101 201 10 15 12 6 5500 3500 1300 120 100 400 100 400 10 60 101 201 ooo FINLAND 10 15 12 5500 3500 1300 120 100 400 100 400 12 60 101 201 ooo FINLAND N Z 10 15 12 6 5500 3500 1300 120 100 400 100 400 10 60 101 201 N Z ITALY 10 15 12 4 6 5500 3500 1300 120 100 400 100 400 10 60 101 201 ooo ITALY CANON iR1200 iR1300
144. RIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 4 5 7 Common Faults No communication occurs Cause The modular cable is not connected to the modular jack used for line con nection Remedy Connect the modular cable to the modular jack used for line connection A call cannot be made Cause The selected type of line tone or dial is different from the type of the con nected line Remedy Select the type of line identical to the type of the connected line COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 7 85 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 5 Troubleshooting Feeding Faults 5 1 Outline The machine distinguishes between paper jams and original jams if equipped with ADF functions and they are further grouped according to location 1 Cassette pickup assembly 3 Feeding assembly 2 Manual feed tray assembly 4 Fixing delivery assembly
145. ROUBLESHOOTING Manual feed pickup solenoid SL1 10 Replace the manual feed pickup solenoid SL1 Is the problem cor rected YES End DC controller PCB Image processor PCB 11 Try replacing the DC controller PCB Is the problem corrected YES End NO Replace the image processor PCB Connector main motor 12 Is the connection of the connector of the main motor unit and the connector J312 on the image processor PCB normal NO Correct the connection Main motor 13 Try replacing the main motor Is the problem corrected YES End DC controller PCB Image processor PCB 14 Try replacing the DC controller PCB Is the problem corrected YES End NO Replace the image processor PCB 7 90 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 5 2 3 Feeding Assembly General conditions 1 Are the following components rotating normally See 5 2 5 of Chapter 7 registration roller gears in contact with photosensitive drum YES Go through steps 2 to 8 NO Go to step 11 Paper 2 Is the paper curled or wavy YES Replace the paper and advise the user on the correct method of storing paper Paper 3 Try paper of a recommended type Is the problem corrected YES Advise the user to user recommended paper Feeding assembly 4 Is the surface of the following components normal registration roller e photosensitive drum transfer charging roller NO Clean the soile
146. Removing the Toner Bottle Sensor 1 2 3 4 5 Remove the front cover See 2 1 1 4 Remove the screw 1 and detach the toner supply cover open closed detect ing switch 2 from the body Disconnect the connector 3 Remove the 2 screws 4 and detach the unit 5 Disconnect the connector 6 and de tach the toner bottle sensor 7 3 7 F05 201 32 2 1 10 Removing the Waste Toner Full Sensor 1 2 3 Open the cartridge cover Remove the screw 1 Disconnect the connector 2 and de tach the waste toner full sensor 3 For removal place a sheet A of paper to avoid contact with the transfer charging roller F05 201 33 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 5 21 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 2 2 PCBs 2 2 1 Removing the Image Processor PCB 1 Remove the rear cover See 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 Remove the printer controller PCB See 055 U 3 Remove the retainer for the flexible N cable used to connect the analog proces HO a M S d o sor PCB and the image processor PCB E B api 1 4 Remove the core and disconnect all 4 0 CE connectors from the image processor L non FILS
147. SLOVENE CZECH HUNGARIAN RUSSIAN 1 Factory default for A AB area 2 Factory default for Inch area 3 This setting may be unavailable depending on the value set for service mode 5 TYPE COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 2 7 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 2 COPY SETTINGS 1 STD IMAGEQUALITY TEXT ORIGINAL TEXT PHOTO PHOTO 2 STANDARD EXPOSURE AUTO MANUAL 9 settings Center 3 STD ZOOM RATIO 50 200 100 4 STANDARD COPY QTY 01 99 01 5 AUTO SORT ON OFF 6 MAX SCAN LENGTH 330mm 356mm 7 PAPER SIZE GROUP INCH A 3 AB 4 8 SHARPNESS 1 9 5 1 Factory default for A AB area 2 Factory default for Inch area 3 Factory default for A area 4 Factory default for AB area 2 8 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 3 FAX SETTINGS USER SETTINGS 1 TEL LINE SETTINGS USER TEL NO 2 TEL LINE TYPE TOUCH TONE ROTARY PULSE 3 TX START SPEED 33600bps 14400bps 9600bps 7200bps 4800bps 2400bps 4 RX START SPEED 33600bps 14400bps 9600bps 7200bps 4800bps 2400bps 2 UNIT NAME 1 Only if equipped with fax functions COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 2 9 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 3 FAX SETTINGS 1 USER SETTINGS 3 TX TERMINAL ID 1 TTI POSITION OUTSIDE IMAGE INSIDE IMAGE 2 TEL NUMBER MARK FAX TEL 4 DENSITY CONTROL LIGHT
148. Series REV 0 AUG 2002 SPAIN 10 15 12 15 6 5500 3500 1300 120 100 400 100 400 10 60 101 201 ooo SPAIN 2 69 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE TYPE PORTUGAL IRELAND HONG KONG MALAYSIA HUNGARY SAF KOREA 3 NUMERIC Param 02 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 03 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 04 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 05 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 06 4 4 1 4 4 4 4 09 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 10 5500 5500 5500 5500 5500 3500 5500 11 3500 3500 3500 3500 3500 3500 3500 13 1300 1300 1300 1300 1300 1300 1310 15 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 16 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 17 100 100 40 100 100 100 100 18 0 0 20 0 0 0 0 19 400 400 200 400 400 400 400 20 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 21 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 22 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 24 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 25 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 27 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 28 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 56 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 57 201 201 201 201 201 201 201 58 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 59 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 60 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 61 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 TYPE PORTUGAL IRELAND HONG KONG MALAYSIA HUNGARY SAF KOREA 2 70 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE TYPE 3 NUMERIC Param 02 03 04 05 06 09 10 11 13 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 24 23 2T 28 56 57 58 59 60 61 5 TYPE COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CHINA GERMAN FRANCE 10 15 12 4500 3500 1300 120 100 400 100 400 10 60 101
149. T6 1 8 02 08 2001 19 29 FAX 7 001 kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk ERROR TX REPORT KKK KKK KK KKK KEK KEK KK EK TX FUNCTION WAS NOT COMPLETED TX RX NO 0004 DESTINATION TEL 12 DESTINATION ID ST TIME 02 08 19 28 TIME USE 0131 PGS 0 RESULT NG 1 80765 2 START TIME 02 08 19 28 3 OTHER PARTY 12 4 MAKER CODE 10001000 5 MACHINE CODE 10011100 00000000 6 Rx bit 1 00000000 01110011 10011101 00100010 00000000 00000000 00000000 bit56 7 Tx bit 1 00000000 01100000 00011111 00100010 00000000 00000000 00000000 bit56 8 Rx NSS CSI DIS CFR PPR Tx NSS DCS PIXPPS EOP PIX PPS EOP PPS EOP PPS EOP DCN di F02 322 07 Service error code START TIME date and time in 24 hr notation OTHER PARTY telephone number sent from other party MAKER CODE manufacture code MACHINE CODE model code Bits 1 through 48 of received DIS DCS or DTC Bits 1 through 48 of received DIS DCS or DTC RX received procedure signal TX transmitted procedure signal COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 2 101 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 3 22 2 2 RX Report for service A service error code list and an error dump list may be attached to the RX report in re sponse to an error reception To attach use SSSW SWOI in service mode 02 08 2001 19 33 FAX 191001 kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk kkk RX REPORT wR kkkkkkkkkkk
150. Transmission was attempted and polling reception was started because the docu ment was not set correctly Set the original correctly to transmit The other party has run out of paper The other party has run out of paper Ask the operator of the other party to set paper Auto dialing transmission error The tone pulse setting is wrong Make the correct tone pulse setting The connection time for the line is too long 1 When registering an auto dial number put a relatively long pause at the end of the telephone number to delay the start of the TO timer 2 Increase the TO timer setting to prevent a time over condition The line of the other party was engaged Start a call once again The other party is not connected to the line or is not turned on so that the trans mission did not arrive Ask the operator of the other party to find out the cause The other party is not a facsimile machine Check the number of the other party and start a call once again The other party ran out of paper so that the line was disconnected during the pre procedure Ask the operator of the other machine to set paper The machine was disconnected from the line using an unidentified reason code Wait for a while and start a call once again Check to make sure that the other party is tuned on The other party did not respond The other party is out of order The other party is out of use for some reason The exchange is cong
151. a copy count or a value for Zoom or when entering a fax telephone number 14 Key Press it to generate a tone signal from a dial pulse circuit when using a fax function 15 Right Arrow Key Press it to add a value when making various settings or to indicate the next setting or an item 16 Image Quality Key Press it to select a copy image quality type text text photo photo 17 Paper Select Key Press it to select a source of paper drawer cassette stack bypass manual feed 18 OK Key Set Key Press it to store various selections or settings 19 Exposure Key Press it to change the copy density auto or manual from 9 steps 20 Enlarge Reduce Key Press it to select a default Enlarge Reduce ratio or Zoom 21 Left Arrow Key Press it to subtract a value when making various settings or to indicate the previous setting or an item 22 One Touch Fax Function Key after a press on the Function key Press it to dial a pre registered telephone number A press on the Function key will cause it to serve as the Fax Function key If equipped with fax functions 2 Only for the 1R1310 1330 1370F models 2 2 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 1 2 3 red Function aE 07 uoc em 4 Fax Monitor R 161 1 te Redial Pause ao STi
152. acing the drum unit m Use the packaging box of the new drum unit if available COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 1 27 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 1 Using the Machine The functions and LEDs found in the machine s control panel are as follows 1 1 Control Panel 1 2 3 A 5 6 7 8 9 3 lt C C ap 0 9 Function CO 9 Fax Monit 1 Redial Pause Y Memory D T CO Reference Coded Dial 3 eo C09 Report Tone l Directory 2 Ce yet sibs Space CD l Receive Mode 5 CG mE Book Sending Delete d lt K D Fax Resolution T lt Ru mu j nn 20 19 18 22 21 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 F02 101 01 1 Additional Functions Key Press it to bring up the user mode menu for making various settings and registering items The key flashes when the machine is in user mode menu and goes OFF in re sponse to a press 2 LCD Use it to refer to the Copy Fax basic screen various Settings screens and error mes sag
153. ading Stack Mixed original sizes Original AE detection Original size recognition Stamp Power supply Operating environment Specifications Auto pickup delivery top separation by double pad Single sided sheet 50 to 128 g m AAR B5R A5R B6 LGL LTRR STMTR Length 128 to 356 mm 5 to 14 width 139 to 216 mm 5 5 to 8 5 Face down Center reference From single sided to single sided Stream reading 30 sheets or less if A4 LTR or smaller 15 sheets or less 1f LGL Yes only if of the same paper configuration No No No From host 5 VDC and 24 V Same as host The machine may not be able to handle the following types of originals original with a carbon back original made of multiple layers pasted bound original with a cut off 5 or more holes or tear original with a clip adhesive tape or glue original with curling wrinkling or appreciable bending transparency Advise the user to remove as much curling as possible if any and place the original in the original tray so that the side with the curling is the trailing edge 1 8 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 1 PRODUCT OUTLINE 1 8 FAX if equipped fax functions 1 8 1 Communications specifications Applicable lines Analog line one line PSTN Public Switched Telephone Network Transmission method Half duplex Transmission control protocol ITU T T 30 binary protocol E
154. ally the machine waits for a significant signal from the together party after trans mission of DIS T5 Timer It is the period of time in which RR RNR is transmitted during an ECM communication 7 56 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 4 5 4 How to Record the Protocol If you are instructed to tecord the comm unication procedure sound on DAT or MD and ask the Technical Center for analysis refer to the following diagram for a generally used method of connection FAX Telephone line FAX TELLINE G3 Recording Adaptor DAT recorder or MD recorder LINE IN Use Standard SP mode for recording Set the recording level so that the sound of communication can clearly be heard with as little noise as possible when replayed F07 405 02 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 7 57 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 4 5 5 Causes and Remedies for User Error Codes The causes and remedies for individual user error codes are as follows 001 TX Cause Remedy Cause Remedy Cause Remedy 003 TX RX Cause Remedy Cause Remedy Cause Remedy Cause Remedy 7 58 Document has jammed The original is trapped in the feeder Remove the document and try again The original is not of a standard size or thickness 1 Make a copy on A4 LTR paper in book mode and transmit the output 2
155. are as follows Level 1 item COUNTER 1 Not incremented at time of printing from the PC 2 60 Level 2 item Level 3 item TOTAL total orientated counter SERVICEI SERVICE2 TTL COPY PDL PRT FAX PRT RPT PRT SCAN PICK UP pickup related counter CI C2 C3 C4 MF FEEDER ADF related counter FEED JAM jam counter TEL FEEDER SORTER MF CT C2 C3 C4 MISC COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC Description service use total counter 1 service use total counter 2 total counter total copy counter print counter fax reception print counter report print counter scan counter cassette pickup counter not used not used not used manual feed tray pickup counter ADF pickup counter machine total jam counter ADF jam counter not used manual feed tray jam counter cassette jam counter not used not used not used not used CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 3 14 2 Clearing the Counter Readings Start service mode and select 11 CLEAR then press the OK key Thereafter select COUNTER and press the OK key to clear all counter readings Generating a Counter Report ME Start service mode and select 10 REPORT then press the OK key Memo Thereafter select COUNTER REPORT and press the OK key to obtain a counter report 3 15 Generating a Report 10 REPORT The following is a list of the reports that may be generated showing particulars
156. ars in the drive assembly for cassette pickup roller drive vertical path roller drive cracked or damaged YES Replace the damaged gear COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 7 87 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING Connector if the cassette pickup roller is not rotating 10 Is the connection of the connectors on the image processor PCB J303 J307 and the DC controller PCB J204 normal NO Correct the connection If the flexible cable has a scratch replace it Cassette pickup solenoid SL2 if the cassette pickup roller is not rotating 11 Try replacing the cassette pickup solenoid SL2 Is the problem corrected YES End DC controller PCB Image processor PCB if the cassette pickup roller is not rotating 12 Try replacing the DC controller PCB Is the problem corrected YES End NO Replace the image processor PCB Connector main motor 13 Is the connection of the connector of the main motor unit and the connector J312 on the image processor PCB normal NO Correct the connection Main motor 14 Try replacing the main motor Is the problem corrected YES End DC controller PCB Image processor PCB 15 Try replacing the DC controller PCB Is the problem corrected YES End NO Replace the image processor PCB 7 88 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 5 2 2 Pickup Assembly manual feed tray General conditions 1 Is th
157. artially available for service Do not change the settings except 7 CCD used to adjust the image position other wise the read image quality can adversely be affected PRINTER printer function settings Use it to register set items related to printer basic service functions e g conditions for reducing received images Or settings may also be made for humidity sensor fixed mode PDL not used COUNTER counter information Use it to check various counter information COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 2 21 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 10 REPORT report output Use it to generate a report on various service data 11 DOWNLOAD not used 12 CLEAR data initialization mode setting Use it to initialize various data by selecting a specific item 13 ROM ROM control Use it to indicate information related to the ROM on the LCD e g ROM version checksum 14 CS SET not used TEST MODE Use it to execute various testings 2 22 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 3 2 Using Service Mode 100 LTR aU OD TEXT 01 1 Starting user mode menu Press the Additional Functions key REGISTRATION SETT ING 1 COMONN SETTINGS 2 Selecting service mode menu Press the key on the user mode menu Y SERVICE MODE 41 SSSW 3 Selecting a Menu Item Press the Left or Right Arrow key
158. arty cannot receive PPS EOP correctly 1 Increase the transmission level so that the other party may receive PPS EOP correctly 2 Adjust the NL equalizer so that the other party may receive PPS EOP correctly 3 Add an echo protect tone to the V 29 modem signal for transmission The Stop key was pressed during a communication Transmit once again CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 7 77 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 768 TX Cause Remedy 769 TX Cause Remedy Cause Remedy 770 TX Cause Remedy Cause Remedy 7 78 In ECM transmission the allowed number of procedure signal re transmissions was exceeded or a T5 time over 60 sec condition occurred after transmission of PPS EOP The page buffer of the other party is full or is engaged as such although RNR was received after transmission of PPS EOP and then RR was transmitted no sig nificant signal was received correctly thereafter 1 Start G3 mode and transmit once again Prohibit the ECM mode 2 Decrease the transmission start speed 3 Record the protocol on a DAT or MD and have it analyzed by the local Canon office and or Technical Center In ECM transmission the allowed number of procedure signal re transmissions was exceeded after transmission of PPS EOP The line condition is poor as such although PPR was received 4 times after trans mission of PPS EOP and then CTC was transmitted the other party coul
159. as occurred e g running out of paper If set to 1 the machine will generate a memory clear list and enters standby state when the image data is cleared and the power is turned on If set to 1 moreover the following takes place 1 The alarm sounds and the machine waits for correction specifically a The LCD indicates CHECK PRINTER b The machine will not start reception operation in response to arrival of data 2 When an appropriate correction is made the machine will automatically generate a memory clear list If an error e g jam occurs during output the machine goes back to 1 above If set to 0 on the other hand the machine will sound the alarm and enters standby state COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 2 33 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 1 SSW SW03 echo remedy setting Bit Function 1 0 Factory setting 0 not used 0 1 echo product tone in high speed transmit do not transmit 0 transmission 2 not used 3 not used 4 Transmission mode long Yes No 0 distance 1 5 Transmission mode long Yes No 0 distance 2 or long distance 3 6 Transmission mode Long Long 0 distance 3 distance 2 7 tonal signal before transmission transmit do not transmit 0 of CED signal Bit 1 Use it to specify whether or not to transmit an echo protection tone for high speed trans mission V 29 9600 or 7200 bps modem signal If an error occurs often
160. as the following functions It subjects the digital image data from the analog processor PCB to enlargement re duction processing shading correction smoothing and other image processing thereby converting it to 600x600 dpi image signals VDO VDO It converts the analog image data from fax communication into 600x600 dpi image signals VDO VDO e t uses a horizontal sync signal BDO as a trigger to send image signals VDO VD0 to the laser unit The image data from the contact sensor is re arranged and the intensity of the contact sensor LED is controlled Sensor Detection It detects the state of each sensor of the reader unit and the ADF ESS Control It controls the ESS function used to reduce the power consumption while the machine is in standby state Memory Function The 16MB as mounted SDRAM used for the storage of image data is capable of storing about 255 pages in fax reception made of Canon Fax Standard Chart No 1 The image data is backed up by a vanadium lithium secondary battery BAT2 so that it remains intact for about 2 hr after the machine is deprived of power The 128 KB SRAM is used to store user data and service data and is backed up by a lithium battery BAT1 so that the data may be retained for about 5 yr after the machine is deprived of power 4 6 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 4 OPERATION Speaker Control if equipped with fax functions
161. as transmitted The line condition is poor and the image signal from the other party cannot be received correctly 1 Ask the operator of the other party to increase the transmission level so that the image signal may be received correctly 2 Ask the operator of the other party to decrease the transmission start speed 3 Adjust the NL equalizer so that the image signal may be received correctly 4 Loosen the RTN transmission conditions so that RTN will not be transmitted The machine malfunctioned because of an echo of CFR 1 Provide echo remedy 2 2 Decrease the transmission level so that an echo of transmitted CFR will not be received COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 200 RX During image reception a carrier is not detected for 5 sec Cause The line condition is poor and the image signal cannot be received Remedy 1 Ask the operator of the other party to increase the transmission level so that the image signal may be received correctly 2 Ask the operator of the other party to decrease the transmission start speed Cause The training signal cannot be received because of an echo of CFR causing a time over condition Remedy 1 Provide echo remedy 2 2 Decrease the transmission level so that an echo of transmitted CFR will not be received 201 TX RX DCN was received through a non normal procedure Cause The other party is not ready for rec
162. ates the TYPE settings printing speed memory size ROM version and adjustment data 02 01 2001 14 00 FAX TYPE LBP SPEED TOTAL MEMORY MAIN MAIN2 ECONT CAPT READ ADJ PRM 18 21 23 24 25 34 35 1001 EURO 18SHEETS 6656K EURO 22 03 WLD 03 01 0038 sees 0005 3551 0025 m 0010 0045 i 0258 0050 0130 F02 322 06 3 22 2 Automatically Generated Reports The following reports are generated automatically Type of report Error TX report w error code list dump list RX report w error code list dump list Operation Enable automatic generation on the report set tings menu in user mode menu i e use bits 0 and 1 of SWO1 of service data 1 SSSW Enable automatic generation on the report set tings menu in user mode menu 1 use bits 0 and 1 of SWO1 of service data 1 SSSW T03 322 02 2 100 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 3 22 2 1 Error TX Report for service A service error code list and an error dump list may be attached to the error TX report To do so use service SSSW SWO in service mode If attach is selected for transmission image under transmission result report of RE PORT SETTING in user mode a part of the 1st page of the transmission image will be at tached when memory transmission is used 2 TM 4 T3
163. ature or humidity or areas subject to condensation e g near an air conditioner Avoid areas exposed to corrosive gas e g insecticide or salty air e Avoid areas subject to dust ammonium gas or organic solvent gas 1 24 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 1 PRODUCT OUTLINE f Avoid areas near a CRT display disk drive and floppy disk The magnetism from the cartridge can destroy the data g Keep it out of reach of children h Keep the temperature between 0 and 35 C 32 and 95F 3 3 2 2 Points to Note When Handling the Cartridge a Do not shake the cartridge after setting the toner bottle b Do not place the cartridge on its end or upside down as shown in F01 303 01 Also do not swing it F01 303 01 c Do not touch the surface of the drum unit F01 303 02 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 1 25 CHAPTER 1 PRODUCT OUTLINE d Do not touch the developing cylinder F01 303 03 e Do not disassemble the cartridge f Do not subject the cartridge to unnecessary vibration or impact In particular do not force down on the photosensitive drum through the shutter found under the cartridge g Do not keep the cartridge inside the machine when moving the machine Be sure to put the cartridge in its protective bag or wrap it in thick cloth to avoid light h Do not place the cartridge near a CRT display disk
164. ault occurred 2 For malfunctions related to the ADF see the descriptions of faults unique to machines equipped with ADF functions Likewise if a malfunction occurs while printing from a PC or a fax communication see its respective section those unique to printer functions or those unique to fax functions 2 3 Making Checks in Response to an Image Fault When you have indicated an image fault using the troubleshooting flow chart go through the following before starting troubleshooting work that follows 2 3 1 Checking the Originals Against the Symptom Determine whether the fault is caused by the machine or the original a The copy density is best set to index 5 2 Originals with a bluish background tend to cause poor contrast e g blue sheet receipts c The density of the original affects its copies e g a diazo copy original or an original with a high transparency can produce output that can be mistaken for foggy copies while originals prepared in light pencil can produce output that can be mistaken for light copies 2 3 2 Copyboard Glass and White Sheet If the copyboard glass or the white sheet is soiled wipe it with a moist cloth and then dry wipe it If the dirt is excessive use alcohol and lint free paper If there are scratches replace it 7 20 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 3 Troubleshooting Image Faults 3 1 Troubleshooting
165. be fully used to the room temperature The term condensation refers to the development of drops of water on a mental surface when it is brought from a cold to warm place This occurs as a result of rapid cooling of vapor in the air 2 2 Installation Procedure Install the machine in the following order for details see the appropriate sections that fol low after installation be sure to clean up the area around the machine 1 oe c ns M me pe 9 10 11 12 3 2 unpacking fitting the cartridge setting the toner bottle putting paper in the cassette putting paper in the manual feed tray connecting the interface cable connecting the modular cable if equipped with fax functions connecting the power cord fitting the delivery tray checking the copy images setting the printer functions setting the fax functions if equipped with fax functions COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 3 INSTALLATION 2 3 Unpacking Actions Checks remarks 1 Unpack the machine and take out the Check to see that none of the following is missing attachments cassette delivery tray cartridge durm unit and developing unit The toner bottle is not part power cord of the shipment but must Quick Start Guide be purchased separately Reference Guide CD ROM Warranty card Specific country region models only Modular cable Specific country region models
166. cal System Maintenance and Inspection Troubleshooting specifications names of parts safety and warnings control panel user mode service mode site requirements installation procedure work for reloca tion mechanical system by function principles of operation of electrical systems mechanical construction disassembly assembly periodically replaced parts durables life basic servicing chart cleaning standards adjustments troubleshooting image faults troubleshooting malfunctions general timing chart general circuit diagrams COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 INTRODUCTION The descriptions in this Service Manual are based on he following rules 1 In each chapter the uses of the function in question and its relationship to electrical and mechanical systems are discussed and the timing of operation of its associated parts is explained by means of outlines and diagrams In the diagrams the symbol WEE represents a mechanical path while the symbol with a name next to it indicates the flow of an electric signal The expression turn on the power means turning on the power switch closing the front cover and closing the delivery cover so that the machine will be supplied with power 2 Incircuit diagrams digital a signal whose level is High is expressed as being 1 while a single whose level is Low is expressed as being 0 the level of voltage how ever
167. cartridge Fixing Heater OFF when the primary charging AC bias is applied Main Motor ON The primary charging AC DC bias Transfer Cleaning Bias ON The toner level is checked when the developing bias is applied The developing AC DC bias goes ON Auto delivery occurs if the paper leading edge sensor detects paper The primary charging DC bias and developing AC DC bias go OFF The transfer cleaning bias goes OFF The main motor and primary charging AC bias go OFF Standby F04 104 01 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 4 11 CHAPTER 4 OPERATION 1 5 Controlling the Main Motor 1 5 1 Outline The rotation of the machine s main motor M1 is controlled by the drive signal MON generated by the DC controller PCB The machine keeps the following ON at all times using the drive of the main motor thereby moving paper at the selected printing speed vertical path roller registration roller primary charging roller developing cylinder photosensitive drum transfer charging roller fixing pressure roller delivery roller The machine uses the activation of the cassette pickup solenoid or the manual feed pickup solenoid as a trigger occurring when the main motor is ON to drive the following pickup rollers for a specific period of time cassette pickup roller e manual feed pickup roller Primary charging roller Developing cylinder Main motor
168. correctly COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 757 TX Cause Remedy Cause Remedy 758 TX Cause Remedy 759 TX Cause Remedy Cause Remedy COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC In ECM transmission DCN was received after transmission of PPS MPS The line condition is poor and the other party cannot receive PPS MPS correctly 1 Increase the transmission level so that the other party may receive PPS MPS correctly 2 Adjust the NL equalizer so that the other party may receive PPS MPS correctly 3 Add an echo protect tone to the V 29 modem signal for transmission The Stop key was pressed during a communication Transmit once again In ECM transmission the allowed number of procedure signal re transmissions was exceeded or a T5 time over 60 sec condition occurred after transmission of PPS MPS The page buffer of the other party is full or is engaged as such although RNR was received after transmission of PPS MPS and then RR was transmit ted no significant signal was received correctly thereafter 1 Start mode and transmit once again Prohibit the ECM mode 2 Decrease the transmission start speed 3 Record the protocol on a DAT or MD and have it analyzed by the local Canon office and or Technical Center In ECM transmission the allowed number of procedure signal re transmissions was exceeded after tra
169. cts the size of paper in the cassette in any of two ways LGL size detec tion and non LGL size detection LGL detection is performed by means of a LGL paper sensor PS101 The LGL size de tection mechanism is used to prevent picking up a subsequent sheet of paper before the trail ing edge of paper leaves the cassette otherwise occurring if the pickup was let to occur at the same time using other sizes when picking up LGL paper Non LGL detection is performed using the paper leading edge sensor PS102 based on the length of paper In fax mode if paper of a size different from the size selected from the control panel is placed the DC controller will identify a paper size mismatch at the end of printing and indicate a message on the LCD COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 4 19 CHAPTER 4 OPERATION 5 2 2 Pickup from the Manual Feed Tray 5 2 2 1 Outline Paper is picked up from the manual feed tray under the control of the CPU on the DC controller PCB and using the drive of the main motor M1 When the manual feed pickup solenoid SL1 goes ON the drive of the main motor M1 is transmitted as far as the manual feed pickup roller assembly to rotate the manual feed pickup roller The sheets of paper stacked in the manual feed tray are lifted by the work of a spring and forced against the manual feed pickup roller Thereafter a single sheet of paper is separated by the work of the manual feed pickup rol
170. d E ped Analog Reader motor Original Eur 12 Swe Swi P54 processor SB cis m 2 25 gt c oo o or PCB it sO s 8 P 20 26 55 9S2 f2 5 9c 65 92 5 J503 J502 S sito fa 20 82 a9 9 QU ga 25 c oo o9 2o 52 Oe Registration i QS S E aH LE 9 sensor Se gt 2 9 55 S8 Le T 2 o9 gg za d 50 s m 5 28 gt Sensor PCB Origin gt es Contact sensor ADF delive home position copyboard cover senso a c Sensor open close sensor PS8 a am ADF motor 1 If equipped with ADF functions 2 If equipped with fax functions 8 If equipped with fax functions and 230V model 4 If equipped with fax functions and 120V model F04 103 01 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 4 5 CHAPTER 4 OPERATION 1 3 2 Outlines of Functions 1 3 2 1 Image Processor PCB It controls the machine as a whole and communicates directly with all PCBs except the sensor PCB and modular jack PCB Drive Control Block The drive control mechanism acts on the reader motor and the ADF motor by the work of the ASIC and motor drive IC Control Panel Control Block The control panel control block receives the state of control keys while sending receiving data in serial communication with the control IC of the control panel PCB Also it sends LED and LCD signals to the control panel PCB Image Processing Control Block The image processing control block h
171. d component If scratched replace it If the photo sensitive drum is scratched replace the cartridge Registration roller locking mechanisms 5 Is the registration roller locking spring normal NO Replace the locking spring Registration shutter mechanism 6 Is the registration shutter spring normal NO Replace the locking spring Paper path 7 Is there dirt or foreign matter in the paper path YES Clean the paper path If any remove the foreign matter General conditions 8 ISLGL paper placed in the cassette YES Go through steps 9 and 10 NO Check the jam sensor See 4 2 9 of Chapter 7 Side guide plate 9 Is the side guide plate of the cassette mounted correctly NO Mount the side guide plate correctly If scratched replace it COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 7 91 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING Sensor flag 10 Is the flag for the LGL paper sensor PS101 damaged or dis placed YES Correct it If damaged replace it NO Replace the DC controller PCB Gear in drive assembly for registration roller photosensitive drum transfer charging roller drive 11 Is any of the gears in the drive assembly cracked or damaged used to drive the registration roller photosensitive drum transfer charg ing roller YES Replace the damaged gear If the gear on the photosensitive drum side is damaged replace the cartridge 7 92 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV
172. d not re ceive it correctly Increase the transmission level so that the other party may receive CTC correctly The line condition is poor as such although PPR was received 4 times after trans mission of PPS EOP and then CTC was transmitted no significant signal was re ceived correctly thereafter Ask the operator of the other party to increase the transmission level so that the signal may be received correctly In ECM transmission no significant signal can be received after transmission of EOR NULL and the allowed number of procedure signal re transmissions was exceeded The line condition is poor and the other party cannot receive EOR NULL cor rectly 1 Increase the transmission level so that the other party may receive EOR NULL correctly 2 Adjust the NL equalizer so that the other party may receive EOR NULL cor rectly 3 Add an echo protect tone to the V 29 modem signal for transmission The line condition is poor and the significant signal cannot be received correctly Ask the operator of the other party to increase the transmission level so that the signal may be received correctly COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 772 TX Cause Remedy Cause Remedy 773 TX Cause Remedy 774 TX Cause Remedy Cause Remedy COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC In ECM transmission DCN was received after transmission o
173. d the toner supply cover detecting switch F05 201 12 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 5 9 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 6 Remove the 11 screws 3 and detach the plate 4 and the upper cover 5 3 3 uj F05 201 13 For installation fasten the A core to the upper position with the part 1 and fix the cable with the part 2 F05 201 14 5 10 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 2 1 1 9 Removing the Right Door 1 Remove the manual feed tray lower See 2 6 4 2 Remove the screw 1 and detach the right door 2 2 F05 201 15 2 1 2 Removing the Control Panel 1 Slide the reader unit and open the car tridge cover 2 Remove the screw 1 and slide the control panel 2 to the left F05 201 16 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 5 11 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 3 Close the cartridge cover 4 Disconnect the connector 3 and de tach the control panel 2 To prevent damage to the flexible cable be sure to lift the control panel slightly as shown when disconnecting the connector 3 To mount the control panel turn
174. d using the following label The laser scanner unit of this model cannot be adjusted in the field WW ANN LN F01 301 02 The label is attached to covers inside the machine used to block out laser radiation 1 22 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 1 PRODUCT OUTLINE 3 2 Safety of the Toner The machine s toner is a non toxic material consisting of plastic iron and small amounts of dye If toner came into contact with your skin or clothes remove as much of it as possible with dry tissue and wash with water Do not use hot water as it will turn the toner into a jelly and cause it to permanently fuse with the fibers of the clothes Also do not bring toner into contact with vinyl material as they are likely to react against each other amp Do not throw toner into fire It may explode 3 3 Storing and Handling the Cartridge Drum Unit and Developing Unit Whether it is left packed or unpacked or is fitted to the machine the cartridge is subject to the effects of the environment and will deteriorate over time The speed of deterioration depends on the site or storage condition and cannot be generalized Take full care when storing or handing it 3 3 1 Storing a Drum Unit Before Unpacking If the drum unit is to be stored in a storeroom or a workshop be sure to refer to 1 303 01 and keep the following in mind Avoid direct sunshine Avoid vib
175. data read operation WRT 33CC RD 33EC ADR BF840201 Press 2 on the keypad 1 D RAM 14848K Press the Start WRT data written nm key to resume RD data read ADR address 14848K indicates the total memory of the D RAM in bytes i indicates the memory size for data write operation Error end 1 D RAM 14848K complete error F02 321 08 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 2 81 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 3 21 4 CCD Test 2 CCD TEST A press on 2 on the keypad on the Test Mode menu will select CCD Test mode Press 3 T or 8 on the keypad to execute the following 3 on Keypad Press it to execute original read position auto adjustment if equipped with ADF so as to adjust the contact sensor position used for reading with the ADF in use automatically See 1 3 4 2 of Chapter 7 T on Keypad Press it to initialize the contact sensor parameters including those that are not initialized by all clear in service mode 8 on Keypad Press it to execute contact sensor LED intensity auto adjustment so that the contact sensor output correction is made and contact sensor parameters are automatically set See 1 2 4 1 of Chapter 7 2 82 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 3 21 5 PRINT Test 3 PRINT Press 3 on the keypad from the Test Mode men u to select Pr
176. detach the original separation pad 4 F05 208 19 5 68 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 2 8 2 5 Removing the ADF Registration Roller 1 Remove the ADF drive unit See 2 8 1 2 2 2 Remove the E ring 1 and bushing 2 Si CU CSS NEA Gy x aN CUN E ES EL 0 F05 208 20 3 Remove the spring 3 and the screw 4 and detach the plate 5 F05 208 21 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 5 69 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 4 Remove the E ring 6 gear 7 bush ing 8 pin 9 and 2 belts 10 5 Remove the ADF registration roller 11 F05 208 22 5 70 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 2 8 3 Feeding System 2 8 3 1 Removing the White Roller 1 Remove the ADF drive unit See 2 8 1 2 2 Remove the spring 1 and the hook 2 F05 208 23 3 Remove the spring 3 and the hook 4 and detach the white roller 5 F05 208 24 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 5 71 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 2 8 3 2 Removing the Feeding Outside Guide 1 Remove the ADF drive unit See 2 8 1 2 2 1 3 2 Disconnect the connector 1 and de tach the grounding plate 2 3 Remove the static e
177. dge sensor paper sensor PCB PCB 2 Line 4 Line Switching _ DC controller PCB Key detection Communication conversion circuit regulator Fixing heater control block Laser control block and LCD LED Control drive Dial pulse High voltage control block Horizontal sync signal control generation USB serial circuit Drive control block Scanner motor control LCD number notice Ofthook 4 function function detection Sensor detection Cartridge detection mechanism circuit Image processor PCB Toner level detection Line voltage interface block mechanism conversion circuit Serial Smoothing communication control Waste toner full detection function J103 104 J204 201 J40 J1 J2 J6 J315 J318 J81 2 J320 7 J321 S J301 302 J303 304 Drive control block Sensor detection Image processor PCB Control panel control block Memory function Image processing control block ESS control Communication control block Speaker control J317 J310 J3102 J501 2 801 J3120 J3124 J3081 E
178. e cartridge Main cause The DC controller PCB is faulty The cartridge is faulty Action 1 High voltage contact between machine and the developing unit Is the high voltage spring used to supply high voltage to the developing unit soild YES Clean it 2 High voltage contact between high voltage spring and DC controller PCB J207 Is the connection between the high voltage spring and the DC controller PCB J207 normal NO Correct the connection If the problem cannot be corrected replace the faulty part 3 Developing unit DC controller PCB Replace the developing unit Is the problem corrected YES End NO Replace the DC controller PCB COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 7 41 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 4 2 Troubleshooting Malfunctions other than service error 4 2 1 Power is absent Making Checks 1 Check to see if the LED upper on the image processor PCB is ON YES Go to step 5 NO Go through steps 2 to 4 Power plug 2 Is the power plug connected to the power outlet NO Connect it firmly Power cord 3 Is the power cord connected to the machine Moreover is the power cord normal NO Connect it If it is faulty replace it Source power 4 Is the rated voltage present at the power outlet YES Replace the power supply PCB If the fuse has blown find and re move the cause NO The problem is not of the machine Advise the user ROM DIMM Image processor PCB 5 Check t
179. e condition is poor and the appropriate signal from the other party cannot be received correctly after transmission of TCF 1 Increase the transmission level so that the other party may receive TCF correctly 2 Ask the other party to increase the transmission level so that the appropriate signal may be received correctly The other party malfunctioned because of an echo 1 Using a manual call press the Start button after hearing the 1st DIS from the other party 2 To prevent response to the Ist DIS from the other party put a relatively long pause to the telephone number when registering an auto dialing number 3 Ask the operator of the other party to provide echo remedy 1 4 Ask the operator of the other party to decrease the transmission level so that the other party will not receive an echo The telephone line has a faulty connection Check to see that the telephone line is connected correctly During a communication the telephone line was disconnected Avoid disconnecting the telephone line while a communication is under way The number of re transmissions of the procedure signal has been exceeded The line condition is poor and the appropriate signal from the other party cannot be received correctly after transmission of EOP 1 Increase the transmission level so that the other party may receive EOP cor rectly Decrease the transmission start speed Adjust the NL equalizer so that the other party may receive EOP c
180. e connector of the reader motor normal NO Correct the connection Reader motor Image processor PCB 5 Try replacing the reader motor Is the problem corrected YES End NO Replace the image processor PCB 4 2 4 The contact sensor LED fails to go ON Connector 1 Is the connection of the following sensors normal J501 and J503 on the analog processor PCB J317 on the image processor PCB J504 on the contact sensors NO Correct the connection If the flexible cable has a scratch replace it Contact sensor 2 Try replacing the contact sensor Is the problem corrected YES End Analog processor PCB Image processor PCB 3 Try replacing the analog processor PCB Is the problem corrected YES End NO Replace the image processor PCB COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 7 43 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 4 2 5 The speaker fails to generate sound Volume setting 1 Is the volume setting in user mode menu correct NO Correct the setting Connector 2 Is the connection of the following connectors normal J315 on the image processor PCB J401 and J404 on the control panel PCB NO Correct the connection If the flexible cable has a scratch replace it Speaker 3 Try replacing the speaker Is the problem corrected YES End Control panel PCB Image processor PCB 4 Replace the control panel PCB Is the problem corrected YES End NO Replace the image processor PCB 4 2 6 The messa
181. e cover Take out the shipping screw that have been stored away inside the machine e M NS C r m UY fs F03 301 01 8 Take out the cartridge from inside of the machine and put it in a protective bag or the like to avoid direct rays of the sun 9 Close the cartridge cover and put back the reader unit 10 Fit the shipping screw you removed in step 7 and secure the contact sensor in place N F03 301 02 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 3 15 CHAPTER 3 INSTALLATION 11 Open the ADF copyboard cover and place A4 LTR sheet on the copyboard glass then close the ADF copyboard cover 12 Tape the machine s covers in place so that it will not open in transit 13 Pack the machine and start the relocation A Take full care to avoid severe vibration during the relocation 3 16 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 4 OPERATION COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 4 OPERATION 1 Basic Operation 1 1 Reproduction Processes 1 1 1 Outline The machine uses an indirect electrostatic method and is constructed as shown in F04 101 01 Copyboard glass Contact sensor D Image processing block Photosensitive drum Cartridge Laser scanner assembly Developing cylinder Primary charging roller
182. e effect that the machine is designed to read and record images at an inch resolution The type of image and the direction of scanning for inch meter resolution DB conversion are determined by combinations of bits 1 and 2 of SWOS and bit Memo 2 of SW14 of 1 SSSW as well as the type of dialing used 2 42 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE e When One Touch Dial Coded Dial and Keypad Redial Key Is in Use SWO5 SW14 Image and scanning direction subject to inch bit bis bua be SIE conversion 0 0 0 do not execute inch meter conversion 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 text image sub scanning 1 0 1 text image main scanning and sub scanning 1 1 0 text and photo image sub scanning 1 1 1 text and photo image main and sub scanning COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 2 43 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 1 SSSW SW25 report indication function setting Bit Function 1 0 transmission telephone number number of indicated on report other party 1 not used 2 not used 3 not used 4 not used 5 not used 6 not used 7 not used Bit 0 0 Factory setting number of 0 caller Use it to select the number to be indicated on the report generated at the end of transmis sion Number of caller port Select it to indicate the telephone number of the caller on the re Number of other part
183. e manual feed pickup roller rotating YES Go through steps 2 to 6 NO Go to step 7 Paper 2 Is the paper placed correctly NO Place the paper correctly Paper stack 3 Is the amount of paper placed in the manual feed tray more than allowed YES Advise the user on the amount of paper that may be placed Paper 4 Is the paper curled or wavy YES Replace the paper and advise the user on the correct method of storing paper Paper 5 Try paper of a recommended type Is the problem corrected YES Advise the user to use recommended paper Paper guide plate ascent mechanism Manual feed pickup roller 6 Does the paper guide plate move up in conjunction with pickup op eration YES Clean the manual feed roller If scratched replace it NO Check to see if the spring used to push up the paper guide is mounted correctly Main motor 7 Is the main motor rotating YES Go through steps 8 through 11 NO Go through steps 12 through 14 Gear in drive assembly for manual feed pickup roller drive 8 Is any of the gears in the drive assembly used to drive the manual feed pickup roller cracked or damaged YES Replace the faulty gear Connector 9 Is the connection of the connectors on the image processor PCB J303 J308 and on the DC controller PCB J204 normal NO Correct the connection If the flexible cable has a scratch replace it COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 7 89 CHAPTER 7 T
184. eDSOIS 7 103 6 3 Variable Resistors Light Emitting 6 2 2 1 Body 7 103 Diodes LED and Check 6 2 2 2 ADF if equipped with Pins by PER 7 109 ADF functions 7 104 6 3 1 Image Processor PCB 7 109 02 3 SOMERS doute 7 105 63 2 DC Controller PCB 7 110 6 2 4 JOBS 7 107 APPENDIX 1 General Timing Chart i m A 1 3 List of Special Tools nns A 5 2 General Circuit Diagram A 3 4 List of Solvents and Oils A 6 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 xiii CHAPTER 1 PRODUCT OUTLINE COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 1 PRODUCT OUTLINE 1 Specifications 1 1 Type Item Body Specifications Desk top ADF standard type copyboard standard type Copyboard glass Light source Lens Photosensitive medium 1 2 Mechanisms Item Fixed LED CIS contact sensor OPC drum 30 mm dia Drum unit Specifications Reproduction Charging Exposure Copy density adjustment Development Pickup Transfer Separate Cleaning Fixing COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC Indirect electrostatic Roller contact Semiconductor laser Auto or manual Dry 1 component toner projection Cassette 1 cassette Multifeeder 1 feeder Roller transfer Static static eliminator curvature Rubber blade SURF on demand CANON iR1200 iR1300 Serie
185. eceive EOR MPS correctly 1 Increase the transmission level so that the other party may receive EOR MPS correctly 2 Adjust the NL equalizer so that the other party may receive EOR MPS cor rectly 3 Add an echo protect tone to the V 29 modem signal for transmission The Stop key was pressed during a communication Transmit once again In ECM transmission the allowed number of procedure signal re transmissions was exceeded or a T5 time over 60 sec condition occurred after transmission of EOR MPS The page buffer of the other party is full or is engaged as such although RNR was received after transmission of EOR MPS and then RR was transmitted no significant signal was received correctly thereafter 1 Start G3 mode and transmit once again Prohibit the ECM mode 2 Decrease the transmission start speed 3 Record the protocol on a DAT or MD and have it analyzed by the local Canon office and or Technical Center COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 779 TX Cause Remedy Cause Remedy 780 TX Cause Remedy Cause Remedy 782 TX Cause Remedy Cause Remedy COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC In ECM transmission ERR was received after transmission of EOR MPS The line condition is poor and the other party cannot often receive the image sig nal correctly 1 Increase the transmission level so that the ot
186. ected by the modem Tonal signal reception test 4 6 TONE Rx 000 0 00 L changes from 0 to 1 in response to detection of a signal of 1300 25 Hz changes from 0 to 1 in response to detection of a signal of 400 30 Hz changes from 0 to 1 in response to detection of a signal of 1100 25 Hz DTMF signal reception test 4 6 TONE Rx 000 1234567890 The received DTMF signals are indicated starting from the right using the 2nd character of the display F02 321 11 2 86 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 3 21 6 6 V 34 G3 signal transmission test The V 34 G3 signal transmission test menu is selected by pressing the 8 key from the MO DEM NCU test menu The V 34 G3 signals below are sent from the modem using the modu lar jack and the speaker by pressing the start key The Baud rate can be changed with the numeric keys and the Speed can be changed with the cursor key 4 Numeric key Baud rate 0 3429 baud 1 3200 baud 2 3000 baud 3 2800 baud 4 2743 baud 3 2400 baud Cursor key Speed p 2400 bps 4800 bps 7200 bps 9600 bps 12000 pbs 14400 bps 16800 bps 19200 bps 21600 bps 24000 bps 26400 bps 28800 pbs 31200 bps 33600 bps COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 2 87 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 3 21 7 AGING Test 5 AGING TEST Not used 3 21 8 FACULTY function Tes
187. ed bit O 1 Use bits 0 and 1 to select humidity sensor fixed mode the combinations of modes and bit SW settings are as follows BitO Mode 0 0 fixed mode disabled 0 1 L L mode 1 0 N N mode 1 1 H H mode fixed mode disabled use it for normal environment L L mode use it if the environment is L L and the site of installation is sub ject to an extremely high level of temperature humidity N N mode use it if the environment is N N and the site of installation is sub ject to an extremely high low level of temperature humidity H H mode use it if the environment is H H and the site of installation is sub ject to an extremely low level of temperature humidity 2 58 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 3 12 2 2 NUMERIC Param Setting A Do not change the setting otherwise the machine may malfunction 3 12 3 3 PRINT COUNT Use it to indicate the number of prints 3 12 4 4 PRINT RESET Use it to reset the printer or use it to clear service error E000 3 12 5 5 MLT CLEANING Not used 3 13 PDL 8 PDL Not used COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 2 59 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 3 14 Counter 9 COUNTER 3 14 1 Counter The machine is equipped with various counters whose readings may be used to obtain an idea of when to replace specific parts The COUNTER items
188. ed USB Serial Number Notice Function The USB serial number is communicated to the PC Smoothing The 300 x 300 dpi image data from the PC is converted into image data equivalent of 1200 x 600 dpi or 600 x 600 dpi image data is converted into data equivalent of 2400 x 600 dpi COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 4 9 CHAPTER 4 OPERATION 1 3 2 10 NCU PCB if equipped with fax functions 2 Line 4 Line Conversion Circuit Signals from a 2 line telephone line are converted into 4 line signals transmission signals and reception signals Also the transmission signals from the image processor PCB are prevented from entering the reception circuit Dial Pulse Generation Circuit The dial pulse generation circuit generates dial pulses by turning on and off the relay in side it according to the control signals from the image processor PCB It then sends the dial signals to the telephone line by way of the modular jack PCB Off Hook Detection Circuit An off hook state is detected with reference to the direct current flowing into the circuit occurring when the telephone connected to the telephone terminal of the modular jack PCB is off the hook Line Voltage Conversion Circuit The primary side of the NCU PCB is controlled using a line voltage of 48 VDC In light of this the DC component is cut by the capacitor and only the audio signals are converted into voltages suited to the modem level 1
189. ed YES End Developing unit 9 Try replacing the developing unit Is the fault corrected YES End Laser scanner unit DC controller PCB 10 Try replacing the laser scanner unit Is the problem corrected YES End NO Replace the DC controller PCB Transfer guide 11 Measure the transfer guide and other metal portions Is the resis tance 0 Q YES Check the area around the toner guide for a piece of metal e g screw High voltage contact between transfer charging roller and high voltage spring 12 Is the high voltage spring used to supply high voltage to the trans fer charging roller soiled YES Clean it High Voltage Contact high voltage spring and DC controller PCB J209 Transfer charging roller 13 Is the connection between the high voltage spring and DC control ler PCB J209 normal YES Replace the transfer charging roller NO Correct it If it cannot be corrected replace the faulty part Selfoc lens array contact sensor 14 Clean the selfoc lens array of the contact sensor Is the problem cor rected See 4 3 1 of Chapter 6 YES End Contact sensor LED intensity auto adjustment 15 Execute contact sensor LED intensity auto adjustment Is the prob lem corrected See 1 2 4 1 of Chapter 7 YES End COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 7 23 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING Connector 16 Is the connection of the following connectors normal J501 and J503 on the analog process
190. ed not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used 101 201 ooo EUROPE2 TAIWAN STANDARD USA 10 15 12 5500 3500 1300 120 100 200 100 200 20 60 101 201 USA CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 3 21 Test Mode TEST MODE 3 21 1 Outline When using test mode be sure to execute items according to the menu indicated on the display The menu items in test mode are grouped into 7 blocks 1 D RAM Test 1 D RAM Use it to be sure that data is properly written to and read from the D RAM 2 CCD Test 2 CCD TEST Use it to execute auto adjustment contact sensor LED intensity or original read position or to initialize the CCD read position parameter 3 PRINT Test 3 PRINT Use it to generate a test pattern for service 4 MODEM NCU Test 4 MODEM NCU Use it to execute a relay operation test or modem DTMF and tonal signal transmission reception tests 5 AGING Test 5 AGING TEST Not used 6 FACULTY Test 6 FACULTY TEST Use it to check the operation of microswitches sensors speakers and ADF 7 BOOK Test 8 BOOK TEST Use it to turn on the contact sensor or to initialize the book reading position parameter COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 2 73 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 3 21 2 L
191. ed into the following for sup ply to loads 3 3 VDC 3 3 VSDC 5 VDC 5 VSDC 12 VDC 24 VDC See the following for an outline of the DC power supply Output voltage 3 3V 3 3VS 5 1V 5 1VS 12V 24V 1 Also supplied during ESS mode COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC Output voltage value 3 4 3 3 4 3 5 1 4 5 1 4 12 5 24 5 T04 701 01 CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 4 31 CHAPTER 4 OPERATION 3 3V Sensor PCB 48V processor Contact sensor T3 3V 5V Laser 24V scanner unit cna E Das 3 3 V circuit 3 3VS motor Wegen ae 35V 9 V Sensors 5V circuit 5VS em 5V Control H 12 V circuit 2 5VS panel PCB n 24V 3 3V 24 V circuit 9 3 3 5 NCU pcp Modular jack 12V PCB EN 424V Reader motor 5V ADF unit 3 3V _ Cassette paper sensor 24 e Paper leading edge sensor e LGL paper sensor ADF motor ADF sensors 3 3VS Printer controller 5VS PCB 24V Reader unit 24V Toner supply cover open close Manual feed tray 3 3V E paper sensor Waste toner full sensor Sensor relay 3 3V PCB 3 3V Delivery Sensor slide detecting switch switch 3 3V Humidity sensor Toner bottle sensor 1 Only if equipped with
192. eption e g out of paper Remedy Ask the operator of the other party to set the machine for reception as by setting paper Cause The user telephone number has not been registered if the receiving machine is a RICOH 3000L Remedy Register the user telephone number Cause In polling transmission document is not placed Remedy Place a document and ask the operator of the other party to make a call once again Cause The other party transmitted but there is no paper Remedy Set paper Cause The line condition is poor and the other party cannot receive the procedure signal correctly Remedy 1 Increase the transmission level so that the other party may receive the procedure signal correctly 2 Adjust the NL equalizer so that the other party may receive the procedure sig nal correctly Cause The machine malfunctioned because of an echo Remedy 1 Provide echo remedies 1 or 2 2 Decrease the transmission level so that an echo will not be received Cause The image signal or the Q signal cannot be received and the other party suffered an excess number of re transmissions of the procedure signal Remedy 1 Ask the operator of the other party to increase the transmission level so that the signal may be received correctly 2 Adjust the NL equalizer so that the signal may be received correctly 3 Ask the operator of the other party to decrease the transmission start speed Cause The line condition is poor and the other
193. equences will be increased from to 2 for a procedure signal transmitted at 300 bps 7 54 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 4 5 3 10 Subaddress A subaddress is used to indicate the location of a memory box in the other party e g con fidential mailbox polling box and it consists of 20 or fewer characters numerals space As log as the other party complies with the International Standards of ITU T the ma chine can communicate with it by means of subaddresses At times an ID number referred to as a password is used to restrict access to a loca tion indicated by a subaddress With some models polling based on subaddresses is called Selective polling and a subaddress used at time of polling is called a Selective polling address 4 5 3 11 Password A password used by a Canon facsimile machine may be any of the following Password for Subaddress Communications This is an ID number used for a subaddress communication and as in the case of a subaddress it consists of 20 or fewer characters numerals space Communication Password This is an ID number used for a password communication Some models use 4 decimal characters 0000 through 9999 while some use 3 decimal characters 000 through 255 Password Used When Making Settings d A password may also be used for memory lock Rx call restriction and Memo other functions Such a
194. er ON Start key ON WAIT STBY INTR PRINT LSTR STBY 5 motor A ES i Contact sensor zh positionisansor O57 1 EMO Reader motor LA LA Contact sensor LED Laser scanner Le Cassette pickup solenoid LA LA Paper leading edge sensor LA Delivery sensor LA nm _ Primary charging bias AC O Primary charging bias DC PS Em LA LA Laser diode LA Developing bias AC Developing bias DC LA LA CES Transfer bias 1 4 Fixing heater 2 1 Varies depending on the density setting and the humidity 5 2 Cleaning bias control 8 ATVC control 4 Sheet to sheet bias control 5 Temperature control by paper type 6 Varies depending on the humidity COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 A 1 APPENDIX ADF A4 original A4 paper 2 copies Direct cassette Power ON ADF motor Start key ON WAIT STBY INTR PRINT LSTR sTBY Original sensor Registration sensor CCW rotation Original delivery sensor NUNG CW rotation Main mot
195. eric button 10 Max 20 Max 122 One touch 12 Coded speed dial 100 Numeric button 10 Max 111 One touch 11 Coded speed dial 100 Max 21 files 1 12 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 1 PRODUCT OUTLINE Activity management a User report Activity report Every 20 transactions TX RX report 1 touch spd dial list Coded speed dial list Group dial list Memory clear list User data list Multi activity report Document memory list b Service report System data list System dump list Key history report Counter report Print spec report Transmitting terminal identification Items Address Senders ID Program key None Redial Interval Count Memory backup Backup contents Backup IC Backup battery Battery life COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC Time telephone No max 20 digits senders ID address number of transmitted pages max 3 digits Can be registered with one touch coded speed dial keys 16 characters 20 characters 1 name 2 min from 2 to 99 min can be selected in user data 2 times from 1 to 10 times can be selected in user data dial registration data user data service data time 128 Kbyte SRAM Lithium battery 3 0 V DC 560 mAh Approx 5 years CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 1 13 CHAPTER 1 PRODUCT OUTLINE Image data backup Backup contents Memory reception delayed transmission and broadcast transmissio
196. es 3 Collate Key Press it to select sorting The key remains ON when the machine is in sort mode and goes OFF in response to a press 4 2 on 1 Key Press it to reduce 2 originals automatically and on a single sheet 5 Copy Key Press it when using a copier function The key remains ON when the machine is in copier mode 6 Fax Key Press it when using a fax function The key remains ON when the machine is in fax mode If equipped with fax functions COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 2 1 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 7 In Use Memory Lamp It goes ON when an original has been read a delayed fax transmission has been se lected or memory reception has been used Further it flashes while fax transmission is under way 8 Alarm Lamp It flashes when a fault has occurred in the machine e g paper jam 9 Energy Saver Key Press it to manually select or deselect energy save mode It remains ON when the ma chine is in energy save mode and goes OFF when the machine leaves the mode 10 Stop Reset Key Press it to stop making copies or transmitting a fax Or press it to reset the machine white making mode settings i e to return copier fax mode to standard mode 11 Start Key Press it to start making a copy or sending a fax 12 Key Press it to enter a Symbol when register ing fax telephone number or when entering a fax telephone number 13 Keypad Use it to enter
197. ested There is no line channel that is available at present The requested line channel cannot be used on the side of the other party Calls crashed Communication is not possible at present by reason of terminal management 10 i D NE Ask the operator of the other party to find out the cause COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 021 RX Cause Remedy 022 TX Cause Remedy 025 TX RX Cause Remedy 037 RX Cause Remedy 059 TX Cause Remedy Cause Remedy 080 TX Cause Remedy COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC The other party has rejected the machine during polling reception When starting a call a subaddress or a subaddress and a password was not speci fied Specify a subaddress or a subaddress and a password when starting a call Call fails The data for an auto dial number used when selecting a party was deleted Register the telephone number of the other party as an auto dial number and transmit once again Auto dial setting is wrong The settings require registration of a subaddress for auto dialing however a call was attempted without registering a subaddress If auto dialing is of a type requiring registration of a subaddress register a subaddress Memory has overflowed when receiving images The image memory overflowed during reception Delete image data t
198. f Ga Jm f amp i E 4 3 1 F07 501 01 7 86 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 5 2 Paper Jams 5 2 1 Pickup Assembly cassette General conditions 1 Are the following rollers rotating See 5 2 5 of Chapter 7 cassette pickup roller e vertical path roller YES Go through steps 2 through 7 Fit it correctly Cassette 2 Is the cassette fitted correctly Fit it correctly Paper 3 Is the paper placed correctly NO Place it correctly Paper stack 4 Is the amount of paper placed in the cassette more than allowed YES Advise the user on the limit of paper Paper 5 Is the paper curled or wavy YES Replace the paper and advise the user on the correct method of storing paper Paper 6 Try paper of a recommended type Is the problem corrected YES Advise the user to use recommended paper Cassette holding plate spring Rollers cassette pickup system 7 Is the holding plate of the cassette in up position YES Clean the cassette pickup roller vertical path roller If scratched replace it NO Check the cassette holding plate spring and correct any fault If damaged replace it Main motor 8 Is the main motor rotating YES Go through steps 9 through 12 NO Go through steps 13 through 15 Gears drive assembly for cassette pickup roller drive vertical path drive 9 Is any of the ge
199. f EOR NULL The line condition is poor and the other party cannot receive EOR NULL cor rectly 1 Increase the transmission level so that the other party may receive EOR NULL correctly 2 Adjust the NL equalizer so that the other party may receive EOR NULL cor rectly 3 Add an echo protect tone to the V 29 modem signal for transmission The Stop key was pressed during a communication Transmit once again In ECM transmission the allowed number of procedure signal re transmissions was exceeded or a T5 time over 60 sec condition occurred after transmission of EOR NULL The page buffer of the other party is full or is engaged as such although RNR was received after transmission of EOR NULL and then RR was transmitted no significant signal was received correctly thereafter 1 Start G3 mode and transmit once again Prohibit the ECM mode 2 Decrease the transmission start speed 3 Record the protocol on a DAT or MD and have it analyzed by the local Canon office and or Technical Center In ECM transmission ERR was received after transmission of EOR NULL The line condition is poor and the other party cannot often receive the image sig nal correctly 1 Increase the transmission level so that the other party may receive the image signal correctly 2 Adjust the NL equalizer so that the other party may receive the image signal correctly The other party malfunctioned because of an echo 1 Using a manual call p
200. g Processing System 5 32 2 3 1 Removing the Contact eine 5 32 2 3 2 Removing the Reader Motor Drive Unita nn 5 33 2 3 3 Removing the Reader Unit 5 35 2 4 Laser Exposure System 5 37 2 4 1 Removing the Laser Scanner 5 37 2 5 Image Formation System 5 39 2 5 1 Removing the Transfer Charging 5 39 2 5 2 Removing the Developing Cylinder Developing Blade 5 40 2 5 3 Notes on replacing the Developing Cylinder Developing Blade 5 43 2 6 Pickup Feeding System 5 44 2 6 1 Removing the Cassette Pickup 5 44 2 6 2 Removing the Cassette Pickup 1 1 5 46 2 6 3 Removing the Manual Feed Tray upper 5 5 48 2 6 4 Removing the Manual Feed Tray lower 5 48 2 6 5 Removing the Manual Feed Pickup Roller za sus 5 49 2 6 6 Removing the Separation ID MM QM 5 50 2 6 7 Removing the Manual Feed Pickup Solenoid Manual Feed Tray Paper Sensor 5 50 2 6 8 Removing the Vertical Path ROMER iiie aii edis iens 5 51 2 6 9 Removing the Registration Roller Unit 5 54 2 7 PRIME 5 8 1 dunes 5 55 2 7 1 Removing the Fixing Assembly 5 55 2 7 2 Removing the Fixing Film Unit Fixing Pressure Roller 5 57 2 7 3 Removing the Delivery SGDSOT 5 58 2 8 ADF System if equipped with A
201. g distance 3 The transmission mode set in one touch speed dialing and coded speed dialing registra tion takes priority over the one set with the service soft switch These bit switches are applicable to manually dialed numbers only Look at the following table and set Long distance 1 If errors persist try Long distance 2 or Long distance Bit TX mode Long distance 1 Long distance 2 Long distance 3 Xo x oO w O O N x 0 or 1 depending on the respective setting Long distance 1 ignores the first DIS signal sent by the other fax Long distance 2 sends an 1850 Hz tonal signal when the DIS signal is transmitted Long distance 3 sends a 1650 Hz tonal signal when the DIS signal is transmitted COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 2 35 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 1 SSSW SW04 communication fault remedy setting Bit Function 1 0 Factory setting 0 Monitor loop current Yes No 0 1 Check CI frequency Yes No 0 2 number of last flag sequence for 2 1 0 procedure signal 3 reception mode after transmis high speed high speed 0 sion of CFR signal low speed 4 length of time during which to 1500ms 700ms 0 ignore low speed signal after transmission of CFFR signal 5 not used 6 not used 7 CED signal at time of manual do not transmit transmit 1 reception Bit 0 Selects whether not
202. ge CHECK TONER DRUM CRG fails to go OFF Condition of toner bottle setup 1 Is the toner bottle set in properly NO Set the toner bottle properly Flag of toner bottle sensor PS11 2 Is the flag of the toner bottle sensor PS11 displaced or damaged YES Correct it If damaged replace it High voltage contact between machine and cartridge 3 Is the high voltage spring used to supply high voltage to the car tridge soiled YES Clean it High voltage contact between high voltage spring and DC controller PCB J205 4 Is the connection between the high voltage spring and the DC con troller PCB J205 normal NO Correct the connection If the problem cannot be corrected replace the faulty part Drum unit 5 Replace the drum unit Is the problem corrected YES End Developing unit DC controller PCB 6 Replace the developing unit Is the problem corrected YES End NO Replace the DC controller PCB 7 44 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 4 2 7 The message SUPPLY REC PAPER DRAWER fails to go OFF cassette Cassette 1 Is the cassette fitted correctly NO the cassette correctly Spring holding plate 2 Is the holding plate of the cassette in up position NO Check the case holding plate and correct if necessary If damaged replace it Flag of cassette paper sensor PS103 3 Is the flag of the cassette paper sensor displaced or damaged
203. gt 4 MIX TONER 2 Place an original on the copyboard glass or in the ADF and select the cassette or the manual feed tray as the source of pa per then check the copied images COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 3 11 CHAPTER 3 INSTALLATION 2 13 Setting the Printer Functions Actions Checks Remarks 1 Install printer drivers and perform test printing from the PC to check the im ages A Be sure that the PC envi ronment meets the require ments of the machine be fore installing the printer drivers For details refer to Quick Start Guide COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 3 INSTALLATION 2 14 Setting Fax Functions if equipped with fax functions 2 14 1 Setting the Date Time user mode Actions Checks remarks 1 Press the Additional Functions key 2 Press the Left Right Arrow key to select 5 TIMER SETTING 3 Press the OK key 4 Check to make sure that 1 DATE TIME SETTING is indicated and press the OK key 5 Enter the current date and time Press the Left Right Arrow key to move the cursor to the character to enter and enter a number using the keypad 6 Press the OK key so that the date time will be stored COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 3 13 CHAPTER 3 INSTALLATION 2 14 2 Setting the Dial Type Actions Checks remarks 1 Press the Additio
204. hat is no longer needed and ask the operator of the other party to transmit once again Dialed number and the connected number CSI do not match The user telephone number is not registered correctly on the receiving side 1 Ask the operator of the receiving side to register the user telephone number cor rectly 2 Use manual transmission then after making sure that a connection has been made transmit once again The exchange malfunctioned and the machine is not connected to the dialed party Have the exchange checked The other party is not equipped with an ITU T compliant subaddress reception function Bit 49 of DIS received from the other party is 0 1 Transmit to a fax machine equipped with a subaddress function 2 Use normal G3 transmission CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 7 61 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 081 TX Cause Remedy 082 RX Cause Remedy 083 RX Cause Remedy 084 RX Cause Remedy 995 TX RX Cause Remedy Cause Remedy 7 62 The other party is not equipped with an ITU T compliant password reception function Bit 50 of DIS received from the other party is 0 1 Transmit to a fax machine equipped with a password function 2 Use subaddress transmission that does not use a password 3 Use normal G3 transmission The other party is not equipped with an ITU T compliant selective polling transmission function Bit 47 of
205. he cassette or the manual feed tray the paper is corrected so that any skew is removed by the registration shutter and is sent as far as the registration roller Thereafter the paper is controlled so that its leading edge matches the leading edge of the image on the photosensi tive drum by means of the paper leading edge sensor PS102 it then is moved through the transfer separation feeding and fixing assemblies to reach the delivery tray The machine is equipped with 5 sensors to monitor the movement of paper the names and the functions of these sensors are as follows Notation Name Function PS3 Delivery sensor Detects the state of paper in the delivery assembly PS4 Manual feed tray paper sensor Detects the presence absence of paper in the manual feed tray PS101 LGL paper sensor Detects paper inside the cassette to see if it is of LGL size PS102 Paper leading edge sensor Detects the leading edge and trailing edge of paper to measure its length Also it controls the timing of acti vation of the laser PS103 Cassette paper sensor Detects the presence absence of paper in the cassette T04 501 01 PS103 PS4 PS102 pea PS101 F04 501 01 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 4 17 CHAPTER 4 OPERATION 5 2 Pickup Operation 5 2 1 Pickup from the Cassette 5 2 1 1 Outline Paper is picked up from the cassette under the control of
206. he static eliminator soiled with toner YES Clean it Rollers cassette pickup roller vertical path roller registration roller transfer charging roller fixing pressure roller Paper path 5 Is the problem noted at specific internals YES Isolate the cause by referring to T07 301 01 and clean it If the problem is not corrected replace the part NO Clean the paper path If the problem cannot be corrected replace the part COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 7 31 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 3 1 15 The output has a fixing fault Paper 1 Try paper fresh out of package newly opened Is the problem cor rected YES 1 The paper may be moist Advise the user on the correct method of storing paper 2 Advise the user that the use of non recommended paper may not bring about the best results in terms of fixing Fixing pressure roller 2 Execute fixing pressure roller cleaning Is the problem corrected See 4 1 1 of Chapter 6 YES Advise the user to clean the fixing locking roller periodically Paper selection for manual feed 3 Is the setting of paper selection suited to the type of paper placed in the manual feed tray NO Correct the setting Connector 4 Is the connection of the connector J107 on the power supply PCB normal NO Connect it firmly Fixing pressure roller 5 Is the surface of the fixing pressure roller normal NO Clean the fixing locking roller If it has a scratch
207. hen you replace the de Be veloping cylinder 3 do Memo not need to replace the de veloping blade 2 at the same time COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 5 43 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 2 6 Pickup Feeding System 2 6 1 Removing the Cassette Pickup Roller 1 Remove the copyboard cover If the machine has the ADF the ADF need not be removed 2 Remove the cassette 3 Place the machine so that its pickup side is at the bottom F05 206 01 4 Remove the 8 screws 1 and detach the bottom plate 2 F05 206 02 5 44 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 5 Remove the spring 3 and detach the cassette pickup roller unit 4 4 e 9 ex EpL LL RS Per DOT e CE F05 206 03 6 Free the hook 5 and detach the cas sette pickup roller 6 6 F05 206 04 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 5 45 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 2 6 2 Removing the Cassette Pickup Solenoid 1 Remove the image processor PCB See 2 1 1 Remove the copyboard cover If the machine has the ADF the ADF need not be rem
208. her party may receive the image signal correctly 2 Adjust the NL equalizer so that the other party may receive the image signal correctly The other party malfunctioned because of an echo 1 Using a manual call press the Start button after hearing the Ist DIS from the other party 2 To prevent response to the Ist DIS from the other party put a relatively long pause to the telephone number when registering an auto dialing number 3 Ask the operator of the other party to provide echo remedy 1 4 Ask the operator of the other party to decrease the transmission level so that the other party will not receive an echo In ECM transmission no significant signal can be received after transmission of EOR EOM and the allowed number of procedure signal re transmissions was exceeded The line condition is poor and the other party cannot receive EOR EOM cor rectly 1 Increase the transmission level so that the other party may receive EOR EOM correctly 2 Adjust the NL equalizer so that the other party may receive EOR EOM cor rectly 3 Add an echo protect tone to the V 29 modem signal for transmission The line condition is poor and the significant signal cannot be received correctly Ask the operator of the other party to increase the transmission level so that the signal may be received correctly In ECM transmission DCN was received after transmission of EOR EOM The line condition is poor and the other party cannot receive
209. hutter Manual feed pickup roller 10 Manual feed tray 11 Right door 12 Vertical path roller COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC 22 20 21 19 F01 202 01 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 18 16 17 15 14 13 12 11 Registration roller Cassette pickup roller Developing cylinder Transfer charging roller Separation static eliminator Photopositive drum Fixing film unit Fixing pressure roller Delivery roller Cassette Delivery tray CHAPTER 1 PRODUCT OUTLINE 2 2 2 ADF if equipped with ADF functions 1 2 3 4 6 7 ees m 15 14 13 12 11 10 F01 202 02 1 Slide guide 2 Open close cover 3 Original pickup roller 4 Original feed separation roller 5 Original delivery tray 6 Original delivery roller 7 Original delivery sensor 8 Delivery external guide 9 Original feed roller 10 Contact sensor body 11 White roller 12 ADF registration roller 13 Registration sensor 14 Original separation pad 15 Original sensor 1 20 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 1 PRODUCT OUTLINE 3 Safety and Warnings 3 1 ASafety of Laser Light 3 1 1 Safety of the Laser Scanner Unit The radiati
210. iR 1200 IR1300 Series SERVICE MANUAL REVISION 0 Canon AUG 2002 FY8 13HU 000 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC Application This manual has been issued by Canon Inc for qualified persons to learn technical theory installation maintenance and repair of products This manual covers all localities where the products are sold For this reason there may be information in this manual that does not apply to your locality Corrections This manual may contain technical inaccuracies or typographical errors due to improvements or changes in products When changes occur in applicable products or in the contents of this manual Canon will release technical information as the need arises In the event of major changes in the contents of this manual over a long or short period Canon will issue a new edition of this manual The following paragraph does not apply to any countries where such provisions are inconsistent with local law Trademarks The product names and company names used in this manual are the registered trademarks of the individual companies Copyright This manual is copyrighted with all rights reserved Under the copyright laws this manual may not be copied reproduced or translated into another language in whole or in part without the written consent of Canon Inc COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC Caution Use of this manual should be strictly supervised to avoid disclosure of confidential information COPYR
211. iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 6 Arrangement of the Electrical Parts 6 1 Checking the Photointerrupters Use SENSOR under TEST in service mode to check photointerrupters as fol lows 1 2 3 4 5 6 Press the Additional Functions key and the key to start service mode Press the Left Right Arrow key so that TEST MODE is indicated Press 6 on the keypad so that FACULTY TEST is indicated Press 3 on the keypad to start sensor check mode in which the following screen ap pears 6 3 SENSOR 1 4 F07 601 01 When the screen shown in F07 601 01 is displayed press T 2 3 or 4 to bring up the State screen of a specific sensor For instance when 1 is pressed the following will be true Sensor name Present state of the sensor Present state of the sensor Sensor name DS of indicates that the original sensor DS of the ADF is OFF F07 601 02 Move the flag of the sensor to see that the indication alternates between of and on to indicate that the sensor is going OFF and ON On the next page the screens that appear when 1 through 4 are pressed are shown to gether with the sensor names and the sensor states when the machine is in standby state COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 7 99 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 6 3 S
212. iled advise the user to clean the following as needed No Part Instructions White plate Wipe it with a cloth moistened with water and wrung well then dry wipe it T06 402 01 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 6 3 CHAPTER 6 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION 4 3 Cleaning at Time of a Service Visit machine At time of a service visit clean the items described in 4 1 Cleaning by the User ma chine then perform the following as needed A Do not clean the photosensitive drum 4 3 1 Selfoc Lens Array of the Contact Sensor optical characteristics will be affected Do not touch the light guide as sembly 2 The contact sensor is vulnerable to static charges Be sure to provide measures against static damage before touching it 3 Be sure to fit back the spacer after the cleaning work otherwise the contact sensor may not work properly 1 If the face of the light guide assembly becomes soiled or scratched its Lightly remove any dirt with a dry soft cloth Light guide assembly translucent Selfoc lens array black F06 403 01 6 4 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 6 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION 4 3 2 Cassette Pickup Roller Clean it with a cloth moistened with water and wrung well If the dirt is excessive use alcohol with lint free paper thereafter be sure to dry wipe it with a cloth or lint free paper 4 3
213. image signals will be received after the transmission of the CFR signal Bit 4 Use it to select the length of time during which low speed signals are ignored after trans mission of the CFR signal Select 1500 msec if reception of image signals is not good because of a poor line condi tion Bit 7 Use it to specify whether or not to send the CED signal at time of manual reception Set it to transmit if the other party does not start transmission when manual reception is initiated COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 2 37 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 1 SSSW SWO5 standard function DIS signal setting Bit Function 1 0 Factory setting 0 not used 1 not used 2 not used 3 transmit bit 33 and thereafter for prohibit do not prohibit 0 DIS signal not used not used 6 not used 7 not used Bit 3 Use it specify whether or not to transmit bit 33 and thereafter for the DIS signal If prohibit is selected Super Fine reception from a non Canon machine can no longer be used 2 38 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 1 S88W SWO6 read condition setting Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Bit 4 Function not used not used not used not used original read width not used not used not used 1 0 Factory setting Use it to select a read width for orig
214. inals If LTR is selected the machine will read LTR originals at LTR width 212 mm COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 2 39 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 1 SSSW SW12 page timer setting Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Function 1 1 page time out length for trans 1 mission reception 1 1 page time out length for trans 1 mission HT transmission 1 1 page time out length for re 1 ception 1 not used page timer setting by transmis set sion reception 0 Factory setting 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 do not set 0 The machine is designed to stop communication when transmission reception of a single page takes 32 min or more To set a time out length refer to the next page If 1 is selected for bit 7 the 1 page time out length will be as set by bit O and bit 1 2 40 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE Time Out Length for Transmission Reception Bit time out length 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 8 min 0 i P i 0 0 16 min 0 0 1 32 min 0 i id 1 0 64 0 i n m ia 1 1 Time Out Length for Transmission text mode Bit time out length 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 8 min 1 i 2 d 0 0 16 min 1 m 0 1 32 min 1 1 0 64 1 1 1 Time Out Length for Transmission image mode other than text mode Bit time out length 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 8 min 1 m m 0
215. ing bias SW2 for jam h oe Q A PS4 for jam 53 for jam d f or 9 PS103 for jam a i PS102 for jam a b or g F04 505 01 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 4 25 CHAPTER 4 OPERATION 6 Fixing System 6 1 Outline The fixing pressure roller and the delivery roller are driven by the main motor The paper separated from the photosensitive drum is moved to the inside of the fixing as sembly the paper is then moved outside it after the toner is fused to the paper by the work of the fixing film and the fixing pressure roller The delivery sensor PS3 is used to detect paper coming out of the fixing assembly Delivery roller Fixing film Fixing heater L LI Ne n Delivery sensor PS3 Fixing pressure X Fixing inlet guide roller N orp A Er C F04 601 01 Fixing heater H1 Thermal fuse FU2 ps ARO PS TH2 Main thermistor TH1 Fixing film Fixing pressure roller F04 601 02 4 26 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 4 OPERATION 6 2 Controlling the Fixing Operation 6 2 1 Controlling the Fixing Temperature The fixing film unit has a plate shaped fixing heater built into it for heating the fixing film
216. int Test mode A press on 2 or 6 on the keypad during the test will generate any of the following 2 types of test pat terns Do not use the others as they are especially designed for use by the factory and R amp D 2 on Keypad 3 2 Press it to generate BLACK which is a solid black print 6 on Keypad 3 6 Press it to generate ENDURANCE which is a black band To stop test printing press the Stop key Check to make sure that the print Check it to make sure that the pattern is free of contraction rint pattern is free of white elongation dirt or black lines ine or uneven density F02 321 09 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 2 83 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 3 21 6 MODEM NCU Test 4 MODEM NCU Use it to execute a transmission test for MODEM NCU In a modem test you can make sure that the signals from the modem are transmitted normally by listening to the sound of signals from the speaker You can also use it to make sure that the received tonal signal and DTMF signal are cor rectly detected by the modem To end the test press the Stop key Type Description Relay test Use it to turn on off a selected relay to execute a switch over test G3 signal transmission test Use it to generate the G3 signal coming from the modem using the telephone line terminal and the speaker DTMF signal reception test Use it to generate the DTMF signal coming from the modem
217. ion The other party does not respond Contact the operator of the other party and find out the cause The other party s communication mode G2 G3 etc does not match The communication mode depends on each specific model and no remedy can be offered During transmission the other party malfunctioned because of an echo 1 Using a manual call press the Start button after hearing the 1st DIS from the other party 2 To prevent response to the 1st DIS from the other party put a relatively long pause to the telephone number when registering an auto dial number 3 Ask the operator of the other party to provide echo remedy 1 4 Ask the operator of the other party to decrease the transmission level During reception the machine malfunctioned because of an echo Provide echo remedy 1 Paper has jammed or the paper has run out The paper has run out Set new paper A paper jam has occurred Remove the paper jam See 5 2 of Chapter 7 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 7 59 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 011 RX Cause Remedy Cause Remedy 012 TX Cause Remedy 018 TX Cause Remedy Cause Remedy Cause Remedy Cause Remedy Cause Remedy Cause Remedy Cause Remedy Cause Remedy 7 60 Polling reception error There is no original in the other party Ask the operator of the other party to set the original correctly
218. is sus pended by pressing the Stop key COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 2 45 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 1 SSSW SW28 V 8 V 34 protocol settings Bit Function 1 0 Factory setting 0 Caller V 8 protocol No Yes 0 1 Called party V 8 protocol No Yes 0 2 Caller V 8 protocol late start No Yes 0 3 Called party V 8 protocol late start No Yes 0 4 V 34 reception fallback Prohibited Not 0 prohibited 5 V 34 transmission fallback Prohibited Not 0 prohibited 6 not used 7 not used Bit 0 Select whether to use the V 8 protocol when calling If NO is selected the V 8 protocol is inhibited at calling and the V 21 protocol is used Bit 1 Select whether to use the V 8 protocol when called If NO is selected the V8 protocol is in hibited when called and the V 21 protocol is used Bit 2 If ANSam signal is not received during transmission mainly manual transmission select whether to use the V 8 protocol when the other fax machine declares the V 8 protocol in DIS signal If NO is selected the CI signal is not transmitted and the V 8 protocol is not used even if the DIS that specifies the V 8 protocol is received Bit 3 Select whether to declare the V 8 protocol in DIS signal for reception mainly caller manual transmission If NO is selected the V 8 protocol cannot be used because it is not declared in DIS signal Bit 4 Select whether the receiver falls back during V 34 recepti
219. ist of Test Mode Items To use test mode press the Additional Functions key and key then select SERVICE MODE and select TEST MODE using the Left or Right Arrow key and press OK key To end test mode press the Stop key and then the Additional Functions key TEST MODE 1 6 8 E120 r 1 D RAM 1 3 2 CCD TEST 1 8 3 PRINT 0 9 1 5 2 74 1 D RAM 14848K 1 D RAM 14848K 1 3 IRAM TEST not used r 3 PRINT disabled 3 0 AMI PATERN F 3 PRINT disabled 3 1 WHITE r 3 PRINT 3 2 BLACK F 3 PRINT disabled 3 3 STRIPES F 3 PRINT disabled 3 4 CHECKERS F 3 PRINT disabled 3 5 CHECKERS 2 F 3 PRINT 3 6 ENDURANCE F 3 PRINT disabled 3 7 BLACK WHITE F 3 PRINT disabled 3 8 BIAS m 3 PRINT disabled 3 9 CHECKERS 3 3 PRINT disabled 3 PRINTING AREA 8 PRINT disabled 3 4 CRG TEST F02 321 01 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 4 MODEM NCU 1 8 4 1 RELAY 1 2 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC 0 0 MILI RELAY 2 4 r RELAY 1 4 5 9 RELAY 1 100000 1 0 CML ON RELAY 1 010000 1 1 P RELAY 1 001000 1 2 S ON RELAY 1 000100 1 3 H ON RELAY 1 000010 1 4 D ON RELAY 1 000001 1 5 R ON RELAY 2 000000000010 2 0 IPSEL2
220. k on the power 000 The main thermistor detects 230 C 446F or higher for 1 sec or more 001 The sub thermistor detects 300 C 572 or higher for 0 2 sec or more The fixing film unit is faulty thermistor short circuit The power supply PCB is faulty The DC controller PCB is faulty 1 Malfunction Turn off the power wait for 10 min and turn it on Is the problem cor rected YES End 2 Fixing film unit Check the connector 4 pin of the thermistor for electrical continuity 1 2 and 3 4 Is it 0 Q YES Replace the fixing film unit 3 Power supply PCB DC controller PCB Try replacing the power supply PCB Is the problem corrected NO Replace the DC controller PCB COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING E002 000 During printing the main thermistor detects 0 C 32F or lower for 1 sec or more continuously About 10 sec or later after power on start of printing the main thermistor detects less than 120 248 F for 1 sec or more con tinuously After power on start of printing the reading of the main thermistor does not reach the target value 15 C 11 F or higher within 75 sec 001 About 10 sec or later after the heater is supplied with power the sub thermistor detects less than 75C 167 F for 2 sec or more con tinuously Main cause The fixing film unit is faulty main thermistor fault sub thermistor fault thermal fuse blow fixing heater fault The power su
221. kkkkkkkkkkkkkkxk INCOMPLETE RECEPTION TX RX NO 5001 DESTINATION TEL DESTINATION ID ST TIME 02 08 19 30 TIME USE 03 02 PGS 1 RESULT NG 1 0793 2 START TIME 02 08 19 30 3 OTHER PARTY A MAKER CODE 10001000 5 MACHINE CODE 10011100 00000000 6 Rx bit 1 00000000 01100110 00011111 00100010 00000000 00000000 00000000 bit56 7 Tx bit 1 00000000 01110111 00010001 00100011 00000001 10101011 11000001 bit56 bit57 00000001 00000001 00000100 00000000 00000000 bit96 8 Rx NSSTSIDCS PIX Tx NSF DIS CFR TT F02 322 08 Service error code 2 START TIME date and time in 24 hr notation 3 OTHER PARTY telephone number sent from other party 4 MAKER CODE manufacture code 5 MACHINE CODE model code 6 Bits 1 through 48 of received DIS DCS or DTC 7 Bits 1 through 48 of received DIS DCS or DTC 8 RX received procedure signal TX transmitted procedure signal 2 102 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 3 INSTALLATION COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 3 INSTALLATION 1 Selecting the Site The site must meet the following requirements if possible visit the user s before the ma chine is delivered 1 The site must offer a power outlet whose rating is as specified volts 1096 and which may be used exclusively for the machine 2 The site temperature mu
222. l Separation Roller Clean it with a cloth moistened with water and wrung well if the dirt is excessive use alcohol with lint free paper thereafter dry wipe it with a cloth or lint free paper 4 4 3 Original Separation Pad Clean it with a cloth moistened with water and wrung well If the dirt is excessive use alcohol and lint free paper thereafter dry wipe it with a cloth or lint free paper 4 4 4 ADF Registration Roller Clean it with a cloth moistened with water and wrung well If the dirt is excessive use alcohol and lint free paper thereafter dry wipe it with a cloth or lint free paper 4 4 5 Original Feed Roller Clean it with a cloth moistened with water and wrung well If the dirt is excessive use alcohol and lint free paper thereafter dry wipe it with a cloth or lint free paper 4 4 6 Original Delivery Roller Clean it with a cloth moistened with water and wrung well If the dirt is excessive use alcohol and lint free paper thereafter dry wipe it with a cloth or lint free paper COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 6 7 CHAPTER 6 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION 4 4 7 Copyboard Glass Original Reading Area Wipe it with a cloth moistened with water and wrung well then dry wipe it with a cloth or lint free paper Original pickup roller Original separation roller Original delivery roller Original
223. l frequencies are in keeping with the output level set in service mode Memo 3 21 6 3 G3 Signal Transmission Test A press on 4 on the keypad from the MODEM NCU Test menu selects the G3 signal transmission test In this test the following G3 signals from the modem are transmitted us ing the telephone line terminal and the speaker To select a different transmission speed use the keypad Keypad Transmission speed 0 300 bps 1 2400 bps 2 4800 bps 3 7200 bps 4 9600 bps 3 TC7200 bps 6 TC9600 bps 7 12000 bps 8 14400 bps The output level of individual signals is in keeping with the setting made in service mode Memo COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 2 85 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 3 21 6 4 DTMF Signal Transmission Test A press on 5 on the MODEM NCU Test menu selects the DTMF signal transmission test In the test the following DTMF signals from the modem are transmitted using the tele phone line terminal and the speaker The number pressed on the keypad selects a specific DTMF signal PA The output level of individual signals is in keeping with the setting made in m service mode 3 21 6 5 Tonal DTMF Signal Reception Test A press on 6 on the keypad from the MODEM NCU Test menu selects the tonal signal DTMF signal reception 0 test In this signal the tonal signal DTMF signal received from the telephone line terminal can be checked to find out if it was det
224. lace the faulty part Connector 5 Is the connection of the following connectors normal J201 and J204 on the DC controller PCB J303 J304 J312 and J316 on the image processor PCB J3122 and J801 in the laser scanner unit NO Connect them firmly If the flexible cable has a scratch replace it Drum unit 6 Try replacing the drum unit Is the fault corrected YES End Developing unit 7 Try replacing the developing unit Is the fault corrected YES End Laser scanner unit DC controller PCB 8 Try replacing the laser scanner unit Is the problem corrected YES End NO Replace the DC controller PCB COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 7 25 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING Selfoc lens array contact sensor 9 Clean the selfoc lens array of the contact sensor Is the problem cor rected See 4 3 1 of Chapter 6 YES End Contact sensor LED intensity auto adjustment 10 Execute contact sensor LED intensity auto adjustment Is the prob lem corrected See 1 2 4 1 of Chapter 7 YES End Connector 11 Is the connection of the following connectors normal J501 and J503 on the analog processor PCB J317 on the image processor PCB J504 of the contact sensor NO Connect them firmly If the flexible cable has a scratch replace it Contact sensor 12 Try replacing the contact sensor Is the problem corrected YES End Analog processor PCB Image processor PCB 13 Try replacing the analog proces
225. led to receive it correctly and disconnect the line 1 Increase the transmission level so that the other party may receive CI cor rectly 2 Prohibit the V 8 V 34 procedure ANSam or DIS from the other party cannot be received correctly 1 Ask the operator of the other party to increase the transmission level so that the signal may be received correctly 2 Prohibit the V 8 V 34 procedure In V 8 call arrives the procedure fails to advance to phase 2 after CM detection causing a T1 time over condition In phase 1 the other party cannot receive the signal correctly and disconnect the line 1 Increase the transmission level so that the other party may receive the signal correctly 2 Prohibit the V 8 V 34 procedure In phase 1 the signal from the other party cannot be received correctly 1 Ask the operator of the other party to increase the transmission level so that the signal may be received correctly 2 Prohibit the V 8 V 34 procedure CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 7 71 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 672 TX Cause Remedy Cause Remedy 673 RX Cause Remedy Cause Remedy 674 TX Cause Remedy Cause Remedy 7 72 In V 34 transmission the procedure fails to move from phase 2 to phase 3 and later causing a T1 time over condition In phase 2 the other party cannot receive the signal correctly and disconnect the line 1 Increase the tran
226. lem at specific intervals YES NO Component Cassette pickup roller Manual feed pickup roller Vertical path roller Registration roller Primary charging roller Developing cylinder Photosensitive drum Transfer charging roller Fixing film Fixing pressure roller Delivery roller Identify the cause by referring to T07 301 01 and clean it If it is the photosensitive drum replace the drum unit If the problem is not corrected replace it Check for drops of toner from the cartridge If the problem occurs only in copy images clean the selfoc lens array of the contact sensor Image Faults by Component Image Type of image fault fault Soiled Fixing Blurring Poor interval back fault sharp ness oo LL E Due 33 T3 pao 754 3934 98 f 13 2290 Approximate in mm 2 Can be caused by dirt from the roller 7 30 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC T07 301 01 CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 3 1 14 The back of the output is soiled Paper 1 Is the paper soiled YES Replace the paper Fixing pressure roller 2 Execute fixing pressure roller cleaning Is the problem correct See 4 1 1 of Chapter 6 YES Advise the user to clean the fixing pressure roller periodically Transfer guide 3 Is the surface of the transfer guide soiled with toner YES Clean it Static eliminator 4 Is t
227. ler and the separation pad and is moved as far as the registration shutter DC controller PCB Manual feed tray pickup solenoid drive signal Main motor Manual feed tray pickup roller When SL1 goes ON the spring moves up to push up the cam causing the manual feed pickup roller to rotate slightly as a result the gear A and the gear B become engaged F04 502 02 4 20 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 4 OPERATION 5 2 2 2 Retry Pickup If the paper leading edge sensor PS102 does not detect paper within a specific period of time after the manual feed pickup roller starts to rotate the machine will rotate the manual feed pickup roller once again to execute a retry pickup operation If the paper leading edge sensor PS102 still does not detect the leading edge of paper after the machine executes a retry pickup operation once the machine will identify the condition as a jam and will indi cate a jam message on the LCD 5 2 2 3 Detecting the Size of Paper The size of paper in the manual feed tray is detected using the paper leading edge sensor PS102 with reference to the length of paper In fax mode if paper of a size different from the size selected from the control panel is placed the DC controller will identify a paper size mismatch at the end of printing and indicate a message on the LCD COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG
228. liminator 3 as much as shown F05 208 25 4 Remove the 2 screws 4 and detach the feeding outside guide 5 5 4 F05 208 26 5 72 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 2 8 3 3 Removing the Feed Roll 1 Remove the feeding outside guide See 2 8 3 2 2 Free the 2 hooks 1 and detach the feed roll 2 F05 208 27 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 5 73 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 2 8 3 4 Removing the Original Feed Roller 1 Remove the delivery stacking tray See 2 8 4 1 2 Remove the 2 E rings 1 3 Slide the original feed roller 2 to the left and remove the pin 3 gear 4 and bushing 5 then detach the origi nal feed roller 2 3 4 5 F05 208 29 5 74 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 2 8 4 Delivery System 2 8 4 1 Removing the Delivery Stacking Tray Original Delivery Roller 1 Remove the feeding outside guide See 4 2 8 3 2 2 Remove the E ring 1 gear 2 pin 3 and bushing 4 F05 208 30 3 Remove the 2 screws 5 and free the 2 hooks 6 4 Remove the delivery stacking tray 7 and detach the original delivery roller 8 7 8 F05 208 31 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 5 75 C
229. ll telephone number text input 11 Delete Key Use it to delete a single character input 12 Space Key Press it to put a space in a telephone number or a string of characters 13 Book Send Key Press it to transmit multiple originals using the copyboard glass 14 Delayed Transmission Key Press it to set a transmission time 15 Report Key Press it to print out a communication related report dial list user data list or docu ment memory list 16 Memory Reference Key Press it to check the file that has been processed by memory transmission or memory reception 17 Fax Monitor Key Press it to check the state of a fax communication If equipped with fax functions 2 If equipped with fax functions or only when the Function key is ON 3 Only for the iR1370F model 2 4 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 2 User Mode 2 1 User Mode Menu A press on the Additional Functions key in the control panel brings up the user mode menu On the user mode menu press the left right arrow key to make menu settings or in crease decrease a value press the OK key to store the selected input The user mode menu is constructed as follows The factory default setting is in bold face 1 COMMON SETTINGS 1 DEFAULT SETTINGS COPY FAX 2 SW AFTER AUTO CLR DEFAULT MODE CURRENT MODE 3 VOLUME CONTROL 1 KEYPAD VOLUME ON VOLUMEI 3 1 OFF 2 ALAR
230. lt Contact sensor drive rail 5 Is the contact sensor drive belt normal YES Clean the surface of the contact sensor drive rail with alcohol thereafter apply a small amount of lubricant MOLYKOTE EM 50L NO Replace the contact sensor drive belt 7 28 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 3 1 11 The output has white spots horizontal 3 1 12 The output has white lines horizontal Static eliminator 1 Is the static eliminator soiled YES Clean it Back of copyboard glass back of shading plate dirt 2 Try cleaning the back of the shading plate of the copyboard glass Is the problem corrected YES End Shading position 3 Change the setting of No 19 under 6 SCANNER in service mode Is the problem corrected YES End Transfer charging roller 4 Is the transfer charging roller soiled YES Clean it If the problem is not corrected replace it Drum unit 5 Try replacing the drum unit Is the problem corrected YES End Developing unit Fixing assembly 6 Try replacing the developing unit Is the problem corrected YES End NO Replace the fixing assembly COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 7 29 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 3 1 13 The output is soiled Rollers manual feed pickup roller registration roller fixing film delivery roller Photosen sitive drum Cartridge Contact sensor 1 Is the prob
231. ly not used normally not used normally image position adjustment etc reduction etc malfunction reading counter print counter etc system dump list key history report output etc malfunction various data initialization etc version No checksum etc malfunction T04 802 02 CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 4 OPERATION c Control Data Item Description communication control record most recent 20 communications reception transmission system dump record past communications state error communication history etc T04 802 03 d Data Backed Up by BAT2 Item Description Transmission image transmission memory transmission broadcast timer transmission timer broadcast reception image memory reception T04 802 04 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 4 39 CHAPTER 4 OPERATION 8 2 2 2 Printing the Backup Data List The data baked up in control memory may be printed in the form of a list A a User Data Item register mode dial register mode b Service Mode Data Item service mode data c Control Data Item communication control record system dump record 4 40 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC If you are replacing the image processor PCB be sure to print out the list in advance For the method of printing see 2 2 or 3 21 of Chapter 2 List user data list 1 touch spd dial list 1 touch spd dail list detail coded
232. mber of procedure signal re transmissions was exceeded after transmission of PPS EOM The line condition is poor as such although PPR was received 4 times after trans mission of PPS EOM and then CTC was transmitted the other party could not receive it correctly Increase the transmission level so that the other party may receive CTC correctly The line condition is poor as such although PPR was received 4 times after trans mission of PPS EOM and then CTC was transmitted no significant signal was received correctly thereafter Ask the operator of the other party to increase the transmission level so that the signal may be received correctly In ECM transmission no significant signal can be received after transmission of PPS EOP and the allowed number of procedure signal re transmissions was exceeded The line condition is poor and the other party cannot receive PPS EOP correctly 1 Increase the transmission level so that the other party may receive PPS EOP correctly 2 Adjust the NL equalizer so that the other party may receive PPS EOP correctly 3 Add an echo protect tone to the V 29 modem signal for transmission The line condition is poor and the significant signal cannot be received correctly Ask the operator of the other party to increase the transmission level so that the signal may be received correctly In ECM transmission DCN was received after transmission of PPS EOP The line condition is poor and the other p
233. mm 0 10 0 08 4 Clean the parts As needed remove the cartridge before starting the work See 4 2 of Chapter 6 Make test copies 6 Clean up the area around the machine COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 6 1 CHAPTER 6 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION 4 Cleaning 4 1 Cleaning by the User machine The user is expected to perform the following so that the machine may be used in its best condition at all times 4 1 1 Cleaning the Fixing Pressure Roller If the faces or the backs of printed sheets show soiling in the form of black dots clean the fixing pressure roller as follows 1 Place an A4 or larger sheet of plain paper in the manual feed tray 2 Press the Additional Functions key and hold down the Right Arrow key or the Left Ar row key until the LCD indicates ADJUST CLEAN 3 Press the OK key 4 Check to make sure that the LCD indicates 1 ROLLER CLEANING and press the OK key In response the machine will start cleaning the fixing pressure roller It takes about 3 min before the paper is delivered to the delivery tray after the cleaning of the fixing pressure roller is started emo 4 1 2 Other Cleaning If images tend to be soiled advise the user to clean the following as needed No Part Instructions 1 Copyboard glass Wipe it with a cloth moistened with water and wrung well then dry wipe it 2 Copyboard glass retainer Wipe it with cloth
234. moistened with water and wrung well then dry wipe it 3 Vertical size plate Wipe it with a cloth moistened with water and wrung well then dry wipe it 4 White plate Wipe it with a cloth moistened with water and wrung well then dry wipe it T06 401 01 6 2 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 6 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION 4 2 Cleaning by the User ADF 4 2 1 Cleaning the White Roller 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 If the backs of originals tend to become soiled clean the white roller as follows Open the ADF and clean the bottom of the white roller with a cloth moistened with wa ter and wrung well If the dirt is excessive use alcohol with lint free paper Be sure to dry wipe it with a cloth or lint free paper thereafter Press the Additional Functions key and hold down the Right Arrow or Left Arrow key until the LCD indicates ADJUST CLEAN Press the OK key Hold down the Right Arrow key or the Left Arrow key until the LCD indicates 2 CLEAN ADF ROLLER Press the OK key When the LCD indicates START CLEAN SET press the OK key In response the white roller makes a 120 turn Wipe the bottom of the white roller with a cloth moistened with water and wrung well then dry wipe it Repeat steps 6 and 7 to clean the entire surface of the white roller Press the Stop key to end 4 2 2 Other Cleaning If images tend to become so
235. mory Also avoid leaving a original in the copyboad glass unless the machine is in transmission mode The procedure signal is faulty Record the protocol on a DAT or MD and have it analyzed by the local Canon office and or Technical Center The recording system became locked for 1 min Not identified Correct the locking and press the Start button to print out the image The unit used to control the encoder is faulty The operation of the IC used to control the encoder did not end normally Replace the image processor PCB The IC used to control the decoder malfunctioned The operation of the IC used to control the decoder did not end normally Replace the image processor PCB The unit used to control recording malfunctioned The operation of the IC used to control recording did not end normally Replace the DC controller PCB 261 TX RX System error occurred between the modem and system control board Cause Remedy 7 68 An internal unit is faulty when RS is set to 1 CS fails to go 1 Replace the image processor PCB faulty modem COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 280 TX Cause Remedy Cause Remedy Cause Remedy Cause Remedy 281 TX Cause Remedy 282 TX Cause Remedy COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC The number of re transmissions of the procedure signal has been exceeded The lin
236. mponent 7 16 1 3 4 4 1 3 4 5 1 4 1 When Replacing the Image Processor PCB 7 16 1 4 1 1 Before Starting the Work7 16 1 4 1 2 After Finishing the Work7 17 2 Troubleshooting 7 18 2 1 Making Initial Checks 7 18 2 1 1 Site Environment ose 7 18 2 2 Checking the Drum Unit 7 18 2 1 3 Checking the Paper s 7 18 2 1 4 CHERS sara 7 18 2 2 Troubleshooting Flow Chart 7 19 2 3 Making Checks in Response to an Image Fault 7 20 2 3 1 Checking the Originals Against the Symptom 7 20 2 3 2 Copyboard Glass and White SII 7 20 3 Troubleshooting Image Faults 7 21 3 1 Troubleshooting Procedure for Image Faults session 7 21 3 1 1 The output is too light 7 22 3 1 2 The output is too dark 7 25 3 1 3 The output is foggy vertically E E es E 7 26 3 1 4 The output has fuzzy black vertical lines suisses 7 26 3 1 5 The output is foggy horizontally 7 27 3 1 6 The output has fuzzy black horizontal lines 1 27 3 1 7 The output has black lines vertical onsereen 7 28 3 1 8 The output has black lines horizontal 7 28 3 1 9 The output has white spots vertc alarar 7 28 3 1 10 The output has white lines aux 7 28 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC 3 1 11 The output has white spots horizontal 7 29 3 1 12 The output has white lines
237. n Be sure not to select a different country region from the country region of installation COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 2 55 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 3 11 Setting the Original Reading Functions 6 SCANNER Item 1 Bit SW 2 SLICE 3 GAMMA 4 Numeric 5 LUT 1 fno 6 LUT 2 adj 7 CCD 8 MODEL Description Do not change the setting otherwise the read image quality can be lost partially hanged not used 7 CCD Settings No 1 to 18 19 21 23 24 25 26 to 33 34 Item Do not change shading position adjustment left right edge read start position adjustment book mode leading edge read start position adjustment book mode leading edge read start position ADF mode trailing edge read end position adjustment ADF mode Do not change original feed speed adjustment ADF mode Unit of adjustment 2 unit 2 approx 0 03 mm unit 0 1 mm 1 unit 0 1 mm 1 unit 0 1 mm 1 unit approx 0 5 mm 1 Make adjustments only When white lines occur See 3 1 12 of Chapter 7 2 1 of the 4 shading levels is selected by inputting a number from 0 to 3 In the case of being imputed a number over 4 the shading level is equal to that selected 0 The factory settings of these adjustments differ from machine to machine For instructions on adjustment see 1 2 4 of Chapter 7 or 1 3 4 of Chapter 7 2 56 CO
238. n 5 Ask the operator of the other party to loosen the RTN transmission conditions so that the other party will not transmit RTN The machine malfunctioned because of an echo 1 Using a manual call press the Start button after hearing the Ist DIS from the other party 2 To prevent response to the Ist DIS from the other party put a relatively long pause to the telephone number when registering an auto dialing number 3 Ask the operator of the other party to provide echo remedy 1 4 Ask the operator of the other party to decrease the transmission level so that the other party will not receive an echo The procedure signal cannot be received for 6 sec while in wait The line condition is poor and the procedure signal from the other party cannot be received correctly 1 Ask the operator of the other party to increase the transmission level so that the procedure signal may be received correctly 2 Adjust the NL equalizer so that the procedure signal may be received correctly The line condition is poor and the other party cannot receive the signal 1 Increase the transmission level so that the other party may receive the signal correctly 2 Adjust the NL equalizer so that the other party may receive the signal correctly The machine malfunctioned because of an echo 1 Provide echo remedy 1 2 Decrease the transmission level so that an echo of transmitted signal will not be received COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR12
239. n a DAT or MD and have it analyzed by the local Canon office and or Technical Center In ECM transmission the allowed number of procedure signal re transmissions was exceeded after transmission of PPS NULL The line condition is poor as such although PPR was received 4 times after trans mission of PPS NULL and then CTC was transmitted the other party could not receive it correctly Increase the transmission level so that the other party may receive CTC correctly The line condition is poor as such although PPR was received 4 times after trans mission of PPS NULL and then CTC was transmitted no significant signal was received correctly thereafter Ask the operator of the other party to increase the transmission level so that the signal may be received correctly In ECM transmission no significant signal can be received after transmission of PPS MPS and the allowed number of procedure signal re transmissions was exceeded The line condition is poor and the other party cannot receive PPS MPS correctly 1 Increase the transmission level so that the other party may receive PPS MPS correctly 2 Adjust the NL equalizer so that the other party may receive PPS MPS correctly 3 Add an echo protect tone to the V 29 modem signal for transmission The line condition is poor and the significant signal cannot be received correctly Ask the operator of the other party to increase the transmission level so that the signal may be received
240. n condition Increase the settings of No 02 03 and 04 No 02 is used to set the ratio of the number of error lines to the total number of lines per page 1 to 99 No 03 is used to set the burst error number of successive error lines identified as an er rors 2 to 99 lines No 04 is used to set the number of errors falling short of a burst error 1 to 99 times 4 5 3 7 Echo Remedy e An echo remedy may be provided on the reception side as follows Echo Remedy 1 by the receiving machine adds a 1080 Hz tonal signal before transmission of CED Set SWO3 bit 7 of service soft switch 1 SSSW to 1 so that a 1080 Hz tonal signal is transmitted before transmission of CED Echo Remedy 2 by the receiving machine changes the period in which the low speed signal is ignored after transmission of CFR Set SW04 bit 4 of service soft switch 1 SSSW to 1 so that the period in which the low speed signal is ignored after transmission of CFR is changed from 700 to 1500 msec 4 5 3 8 Echo Protect Tone SWO3 bit 1 of Service Soft Switch 1 SSSW e Add an echo protect tone to the V 29 modem signal for transmission When SWO3 bit 1 is set to 1 an echo protect tone will be added to high speed trans mission V 29 at 9600 or 7200 bps for transmission 4 5 3 9 Number of Final Flag Sequences SW04 bit 2 of Service Soft Switch 1 SSSW Increase the number of final flag sequences When SW04 bit 2 is set to 1 the number of final flag s
241. n image data activity management report Backup IC 16 Mbyte SDRAM Backup coding method JBIG Backup battery Rechargeable vanadium lithium battery 3 0V DC 50 mAh Battery life 40 cycles with 100 discharge Temperature 77 25 Time precision 60 sec per month The foregoing specifications are subject to change for product improvement 1 14 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 1 PRODUCT OUTLINE 2 Names of Parts 2 1 External View 2 1 1 Body ADF type 3 4 8 9 F01 201 01 1 Reader unit slide lever 8 Control panel 2 Reader unit 9 Cassette 3 White sheet 10 Delivery tray 4 White roller 11 Power cord connector assembly 5 Copyboard glass 12 Modular cable connector assembly 6 Manual feed tray 13 USB cable connector assembly 7 Toner supply cover 14 Parallel interface cable connector assembly 1 If equipped with fax functions COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 1 15 CHAPTER 1 PRODUCT OUTLINE 2 1 2 Body copyboard type 1 2 3 4 5 6 Reader unit slide lever Reader unit Copyboard cover Copyboard glass Manual feed tray Toner supply cover 3 F01 201 02 7 Control panel 8 Cassette 9 Delivery tray 10 Power cord connector assembly 11 USB cable connector assembly
242. n the SRAM by the lithium battery BAT1 contains user data for fax functions communications control data and service mode settings Battery life about 5 yr The LCD will indicate DATA ERROR when the power is tuned on after the lithium bat tery BAT1 has reached the end of its life If such a condition has occurred be sure to re place the image processor PCB according to the instructions given in 1 4 1 of Chapter 7 turn off the power all control data will be reset to default settings Do not If you disconnect the jumper plug JP1 of the image processor PCB and disconnect the jumper plug JP1 to prevent the loss of data p The pin of jumper plug JP1 is displaced on the image processor d available as a service part so as to prevent exhaustion of the lithium battery BATI Memo COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 4 35 CHAPTER 4 OPERATION N L Vanadium lithium secondary battery BAT2 0 NG P
243. nal Functions key 2 Press the Left Right Arrow key to select 3 FAX SETTING 3 Press the OK key 4 Check to see that 1 USER SETTING is indicated and press the OK key 5 Check to see that 1 TEL LINE SET TING is indicated and press the OK key 6 Press the Left Right key to select 2 TEL LINE TYPE 7 Press the OK key 8 Press the Left Right key to select TOUCH TONE or ROTARY PULSE 9 Press the OK key so that the selected line type is stored 2 14 3 Executing Communications Testing Actions Checks remarks 1 Press the Fax key in the control panel so that the machine will be in fax mode 2 Try sending and receiving an original and check the operation and the images 3 14 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 3 INSTALLATION 3 When Relocating the Machine If the machine must be moved by truck or other means of transportation be sure to go through the following 1 If the machine is equipped with fax function and the move will take 2 hours or more the fax image data if any will be lost Advise the user on this and if necessary print out the image data Be sure no communication is under way with an external device Check that the contact sensor is in home position and disconnect the power cord Disconnect the interface cable and modular cable Remove the delivery tray Slide the reader unit to the left and open the cartridg
244. nd have it analyzed by the local Canon office and or Technical Center In ECM reception PPS NULL between partial pages cannot be de tected The line condition is poor and PPS NULL cannot be received 1 Ask the operator of the other party to increase the transmission level so that PPS NULL may be received correctly 2 Adjust the NL equalizer so that PPS NULL may be received correctly In ECM reception no effective frame was detected while signals were received at high speed and a time over condition occurred The line condition is poor and the other party cannot receive CFR correctly 1 Increase the transmission level so that the other party may receive CFR cor rectly 2 Adjust the NL equalizer so that the other party may receive CFR correctly The line condition is poor and the image signal cannot be received correctly 1 Ask the operator of the other party to increase the transmission level so that the image signal may be received correctly 2 Ask the operator of the other party to decrease the transmission start speed An echo of CFR prevents reception of the training signal 1 Provide echo remedy 2 2 Decrease the transmission level so that an echo of the transmitted CFR will not be received 795 TX RX A fault occurred in decoding process during a communication Cause Remedy 7 84 The communication CODEC is busy 1 Disconnecting and connecting the power cord 2 Replace the image processor PCB COPY
245. ndicated otherwise start over with step 2 7 14 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 1 3 4 5 Trailing Edge Read End Position Adjustment To adjust the trailing edge margin for ADF mode go through the following 1 Make a copy of the test sheet prepared in 1 2 2 of Chapter 7 on LGL paper in Direct 2 Measure the length L on the copy output standard 8 0 5 mm L Trailing edge margin feeding direction Copy of the test sheet F07 103 08 3 Press the Additional Functions key and the key to start service mode 4 Press the Left Right arrow key so that 6 SCANNER is indicated 5 Press the OK key 6 Press the Left Right arrow key so that 7 CCD is indicated 7 Press the OK key 8 Press the Left Right arrow keys so that the 2nd row of the LCD indicates 025 9 Enter a correction value using the Left Right key so that the length of L measured in step 2 is 8 mm trailing edge margin of 2 mm an increase by 1 will decrease the length of L by about 0 1 mm 10 Press the OK key 11 Press the Stop key to leave SCANNER 12 Make a copy of the Test Sheet in Direct on LGL paper and in ADF mode Then check to make use that the length of L on the copy is as indicated 13 If it is as indicated end the work Otherwise start over with step 2 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV
246. ng transmission function setting not used V 8 V 34 protocol settings not used not used not used not used counter related not used not used F02 303 01 Memo gt COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC To select the SW number in 1 SSSW use Paper Select key and Enlarge Reduce key To select a bit use the Left or Right Arrow key Do not change the following reserved for the future SW7 through 11 13 15 through 24 27 29 through 32 34 through 50 CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 2 MENU 001 not used menu switch 002 not used Setting 003 not used 004 not used 005 ON NL equalizer setting OFF 006 DIAL line monitor setting SERVICEMAN 1 SERVICEMAN 2 OFF 007 OdBm transmission level setting 1dBm 2dBm 008 3429 V 34 baud rate cp dr 009 33 6 V 34 transmission speed 28 8 lt a 4 PO NN ANONAOO PO oioomnrovoons 2 4 010 17Hz pseudo CI signal frequency setting m 011 items 11 through 20 not used TR Y 020 F02 303 02 Do not change the following reserved for the future No 01 through 04 11 through 20 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 2 25 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE Initial setting 3 NUMERIC Param 001 numerical 002 10 10 parameter setting 005 4 4sec 006
247. not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used USA 00010000 00000000 00000000 10000000 00000000 10010000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000010 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000011 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 10000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 OFF DIAL 10 3429 33 6 25Hz 2 67 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE TYPE EUROPE UK 3 NUMERIC Param 02 03 04 05 06 09 10 11 13 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 24 25 27 28 56 57 58 59 60 61 10 15 12 6 5500 3500 1300 120 100 400 100 400 10 60 101 201 ooo 10 15 12 1 6 5500 3500 1300 120 100 400 40 20 200 10 60 101 201 ooo 5 TYPE EUROPE UK 2 68 SWEDEN 10 I3 12 5500 3500 1300 120 100 400 100 400 10 60 101 201 SWEDEN COPY
248. ns usce carr codi 1 18 2 2 Cross SOON 1 19 220 Body Insee aes 1 19 2 2 2 ADF if equipped with ADF TUMEHONS 1 20 3 Safety and Warnings 1 21 3A AsSatety of Laser Light 1 21 3 1 1 Safety of the Laser Scanner Dites 1 21 3 1 2 CDRH Requirements 1 21 3 1 3 Handling the Laser Scanner LME a 1 22 3 2 Safety of the 1 23 3 3 Storing and Handling the Cartridge Drum Unit and Developing UDIO ES edu 1 23 3 3 1 Storing a Drum Unit Before Unpacking ss 1 23 3 3 2 Storing or Handling the Cartridge After Unpacking 1 24 3 3 2 1 Storing After Unpacking 1 24 3 3 2 2 Points to Note When Handling the Cartridge 1 25 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 1 Using the 2 1 1 1 Control Panel 4 uem 2 1 2 User Mod se 2 5 2 1 User Mode 2 5 2 2 User Report esee 2 18 2 2 1 Manually Generating a Report rti re tonta 2 18 2 2 2 Automatically Generating Reports if equipped with fax 2 19 2 2 2 1 Memory Clear List 2 20 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC 3 Service Mode unes 2 21 SMS Mem 2 21 32 Using Service Mode 2 23 3 3 List of Service Mode Menus 2 24 3 4 Bit Switch Settings 1 SSSW Vetus eters 2 32 3 5 Menu Switch Settings 2 MENU sons 2 48 3 6 Numeric Parameter Setting 3 NUMERIC Param
249. nsmission of PPS MPS The line condition is poor as such although PPR was received 4 times after transmission of PPS MPS and then CTC was transmitted the other party could not receive it correctly Increase the transmission level so that the other party may receive CTC cor rectly The line condition is poor as such although PPR was received 4 times after trans mission of PPS MPS and then CTC was transmitted no significant signal was re ceived correctly thereafter Ask the operator of the other party to increase the transmission level so that the signal may be received correctly CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 7 75 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 760 TX Cause Remedy Cause Remedy 762 TX Cause Remedy Cause Remedy 763 TX Cause Remedy 7 76 In ECM transmission no significant signal be received after transmission of PPS EOM and the allowed number of procedure signal re transmissions was exceeded The line condition is poor and the other party cannot receive PPS EOM correctly 1 Increase the transmission level so that the other party may receive PPS EOM correctly 2 Adjust the NL equalizer so that the other party may receive PPS EOM cor rectly 3 Add an echo protect tone to the V 29 modem signal for transmission The line condition is poor and the significant signal cannot be received correctly Ask the operator of the other party to increase the transmi
250. o see if the problem is corrected when the ROM DIMM is re mounted YES End NO Replace the ROM DIMM If it cannot be corrected replace the im age processor PCB 4 2 2 The LCD fails to operate Connector 1 Is the connection of the following connectors normal J401 and J402 on the control panel PCB J315 on the image processor PCB J4020 on the LCD NO Connector them firmly If the flexible cable has a scratch replace 1t LCD 2 Try replacing the LCD Is the problem corrected YES End Control panel PCB Image processor PCB 3 Try replacing the control panel PCB Is the problem corrected YES End NO Replace the image processor PCB 7 42 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 4 2 3 The contact sensor fails to move Contact sensor Spacer of contact sensor 1 Are the contact sensor and the spacers of the contact sensor mounted correctly NO Mount them correctly Contact sensor drive belt 2 Is the contact sensor drive belt normal NO Replace the contact sensor drive belt Contact sensor drive rail 3 Move the contact sensor slowly Does it move smoothly NO Check the surface of the contact sensor drive rail for foreign mat ter and remove any foreign matter If it is soiled clean it with alco hol and apply a small amount of lubricant MOLYKOTE EM 50L Connector 4 Is the connection between the connector J310 on the image proces sor PCB and th
251. ol lows 8 min bit 7 bit 1 bit 0 0 0 0 16 min bit 7 bit 1 bit O 0 0 1 32 min bit 7 bit 1 bit 0 0 1 0 64 min bit 7 bit 1 bit O 0 1 1 If you want to set transmission and reception to different time out lengths or use differ ent time out lengths according to different image modes you will have to set all bits from 7 through 0 accordingly 4 5 3 4 TO Timer No 10 of Service Soft Switch 3 NUMERIC param e Increase the TO timer setting Increase the setting of No 10 The TO timer is used to set the period of time in which a line connection is recognized for transmission 1 e in which the machine waits for a significant signal from the other party after dialing The line will be disconnected if no significant signal is received during the period COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 7 53 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 4 5 3 5 T1 Timer No 11 of Service Soft Switch 3 NUMERIC param Increase the T1 timer setting Increase the setting of No 11 The T1 timer is used to set the period of time in which a line connection is recognized for reception i e in which the machine waits for a significant signal from the other party after transmission of DIS The line will be disconnected if no significant signal is received during the period 4 5 3 6 RTN Signal Transmission Condition No 02 03 and 04 of Service Soft Switch 3 NUMERIC param Loosen the RTN signal transmissio
252. oller PCB J209 normal YES Replace the transfer charging roller NO Correct it If the problem cannot be corrected replace the faulty part Contact sensor LED intensity auto adjustment 12 Execute contact sensor LED intensity auto adjustment Is the prob lem corrected See 1 2 4 1 of Chapter 7 YES End Connector 13 Is the connection of the following connectors normal J501 and J503 on the analog processor PCB J317 on the image processor PCB J504 of the contact sensor NO Connect them firmly If the flexible cable has a scratch replace it Contact sensor 14 Try replacing the contact sensor Is the problem corrected YES End Analog processor PCB Image processor PCB 15 Try replacing the analog processor PCB Is the problem corrected YES End NO Replace the image processor PCB 7 36 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 3 1 20 The output is solid black General conditions 1 Execute PRINT test Is the output image normal See 3 21 5 of Chapter 2 YES Go through steps 6 to 9 NO Go through steps 2 to 5 High voltage contact between primary charging roller and high voltage spring 2 Is the high voltage spring used to supply power to the cartridge soiled Remove the cartridge to check YES Clean it High voltage contact high voltage spring and DC controller PCB J205 3 Is the connection between the high voltage spring and the DC con
253. oller and bush ing A 6 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 Prepared by Office Imaging Products Quality Assurance Center CANON INC REVISION 0 AUG 2002 30359 10653 5 1 Hakusan 7 chome Toride shi Ibaraki 302 8501 Japan COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 Canon
254. on If Prohibit is selected the re ceiver does not fall back Bit 5 Select whether the transmitter falls beck during V 34 transmission If Prohibit is selected the transmitter does not fall back 2 46 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 1 SSSW SW33 counter related Bit Function 1 0 Factory setting not used indicate serial No on counter check screen No Yes 0 not used not used not used not used not used SLD NY BR WB ND e oO not used Bit 1 Use it to specific whether to indicate the machine serial No on the Counter Check screen appearing when the Counter key is pressed If yes is selected the serial No will be indicated If no is selected on the other hand the serial No will not be indicated COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 2 47 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 3 5 Menu Switch Settings 2 MENU No ltem Selection 005 NL equalizer ON OFF 006 telephone line monitor DIAL SERVICEMAN 1 SERVICEMAN 2 OFF 007 transmission level ATT 0 through 15 ex 15 15dBm 008 V 34 modulation speed upper limit 3429 3200 3000 2800 2743 2400 009 V 34 data speed upper limit from 2 4 to 33 6 kbps 010 pseudo CI signal frequency 50Hz 25Hz 17Hz 005 NL equalizer Use it to turn on off the NL equalizer Turn on the NL equalizer if an error occur
255. on from a laser until can be harmful to the human body The machine s laser scanner unit is sealed by means of a protective housing and external covers so that the light it produces will not escape outside ensuring the safety of the user as long as the machine is used under normal conditions 3 1 2 CDRH Requirements The Center for Devices and Radiological Health CDRH of the US Department of Health and Human Services put into force a set of requirements with a view to regulating laser re lated products on August 2 1976 The requirements apply to laser products produced on August 1 1996 or later and all laser products must comply with them if they are to be mar keted in the US The following is the label that indicates the compliance with the CDRH re quirements and it must be attached to all laser products that are sold in the US F01 301 01 The text may differ from product to product or from model to model COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 1 21 CHAPTER 1 PRODUCT OUTLINE 3 1 3 Handling the Laser Scanner Unit When servicing the area around the machine s laser scanner unit take full care not to put any tool with a high reflectance e g screwdriver into the laser path Be sure also to re move any watch ring or the like as they can reflect the laser beam to damage your eye The machine s laser light is red and its covers that can reflect the laser beam are identifie
256. on of the control panel A press on 7 on the keypad from the control panel selects the OPERATION PANEL Test menu enabling the following tests LCD Test A press on the Start key under OPERATION PANEL test will start LCD test in which the screen will be filled with the character H another press will cause the screen to turn totally black LED Lamp Test A press on the Start key after the LCD test selects the LED lamp test turning all lamps in the control panel to go ON e Control Key Test A press on the Start key after the LED lamp selects control key test 1 Press the key in dicated on the LCD if it goes out the operation is normal When all characters have gone out control key test 2 if equipped with fax functions is started As in the case of operation key test 1 press the key indicated on the LCD the op eration is correct if it goes out Key Correspondence for Control Key Test 1 if not equipped with fax functions E A gt J C C Ss m SSS J H D Same as LCD indications F G F02 321 14 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 2 91 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE Key Correspondence for Control Key Test 1 if equipped with fax functions R N B D F gt lt gt C
257. on specifications Printing resolution 600dpi x600dpi Reduction for reception Fixed reduction 75 90 95 97 Auto reduction 70 100 1 10 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 1 PRODUCT OUTLINE 1 8 4 Functions STAMP None FAX TEL switching Method CNG detection Message None Pseudo CI None Answering machine connection Yes Telephone answering priority type CNG detection DPRD Yes Polling Polling transmission None Polling reception Receives from a fax in automatic transmission mode One touch locations Max 12 Confidential reception None Confidential transmission None Remote reception Method ID call ID input method Remote ID with ID call 2 digits Default 25 Memory reception Yes COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 1 PRODUCT OUTLINE Auto dialing Telephone number digits One touch dial Coded speed dial Group dial Redial Delayed transmission Locations No of reseruation Broadcast transmission Locations Group button addresses Relay broadcasting originating None Relay broadcasting None Closed network None Direct mail prevention None Dual access File No of reservation Average 39 digits Max 12 Max 100 Max 111 One touch 11 Coded speed dial 100 Numeric button redial function max 120 digits Max 122 One touch 12 Coded speed dial 100 Num
258. on the DC controller PCB executes the following 4 types of fixing temperature control e Start Up Temperature Control In response to a print command from the image processor PCB the temperature of the fixing heater is started up to a level 15 59 lower than paper passage control temperature target e Paper Passage Temperature Control While printing is taking place the fixing heater temperature is controlled so that it is iden tical with the paper passage control temperature target e Sheet to Sheet Temperature Control To prevent overheating of areas not covered by paper between sheets the fixing heater temperature is controlled to a level relatively lower than the paper passage control tempera ture target Rest Heating Temperature Control While the machine is at rest the fixing pressure roller is heated so that the toner collecting on it is melted and moved to the fixing film thereby ridding the roller of toner The rest heating control mechanism is used to control the temperature of the fixing heater to a level lower than the paper passage target level when LTR or larger paper is used for printing The control temperature targets are switched in reference to the following 4 conditions paper type as indicated by a command during printing type of control cover paper or between sheets change in fixing temperature control OFF start up paper passage etc count of prints in continuous mode 4 28 COPYRIGHT 20
259. onnec tors J205 J207 J209 on the DC controller PCB normal NO Correct the connection If the problem is not corrected replace the faulty part Drum unit primary charging roller photosensitive drum Developing cylinder Transfer charging roller Contact sensor drive rail 5 Is the problem noted at specific intervals YES Identify the cause by referring to T07 301 01 and replace it If the machine has the ADF the ADF need not be removed NO Check the surface of the contact sensor drive rail for foreign mat ter if there is any remove it If it is solenoid clean it with alcohol and then apply a small amount of lubricant MOLYKOTE EM 50L 7 34 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 3 1 19 The output is blank General conditions 1 Execute PRINT test Is the output image normal See 3 21 5 of Chapter 2 YES Go through steps 12 to 15 NO Go to step 2 General condition 2 Turn off the power while an image is being printed on the photo sensitive drum Is the toner image developed on the drum surface YES Go through steps 9 to 11 NO Go through steps 3 to 8 High voltage contact between cartridge and high voltage spring 3 Is the high voltage spring used to supply high voltage to the car tridge soiled Remove the cartridge to check YES Clean it High voltage contact between high voltage spring and DC controller PCB J205 J207 4 I
260. ons in which the fault occurs in detail a operation used 1 e number of pages transmission mode timing of error occurrence as before or after transmission user of auto dialing b faulty image samples store away in the case of reception c LCD indication at time of the fault d activity report at time of the fault e user information abbreviation telephone number fax number model name f other party information name telephone number fax number model g frequency of occurrence type of error h fax condition at other party number of pages transmitted received auto or manual re 2 3 ception condition If you are visiting in response to a report try to obtain a system dump list REF for a and g Go through the following flow chart to conduct a communication test Try a test several times for each item using the actual telephone line check the symp toms and keep a record Evaluate all the information you have colleted and take appropriate action based on comprehensive evaluation machine arrange for an investigation of the other party Advise the user on If the other party is a non Canon machine and no fault is found in the user s REF EE the situation COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 7 51 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING Troubleshooting a Communication Fault Canon machine in use Try a 3 station communication as indicated in the following diagram Trouble xy
261. ont loading 10 mm deep about 100 sheets of 80 g m paper 100 sheets max Leading edge 3 0 2 0 mm 0 12 0 08 left right edge 2 5 2 0 mm 0 10 0 08 1 2 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 1 PRODUCT OUTLINE Item AE Image mode Toner save mode Special mode Auto power off Power save mode N on 1 1 on N memory copy Auto copy start Jam recovery Auto clear Date time set Weekly timer Toner level detection Cassette paper level detection LGL size detection Toner supply cover open closed detection Toner bottle position detection Humidity sensor Waste toner full detection e Maintenance Specifications Yes Yes text text photo photo Yes Yes Tracing paper mode transparency mode special paper 1 mode special paper 2 mode No Yes manually ON OFF auto OFF after specific time auto ON after fax reception print data reception Yes in some functions 2 on 1 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 1 Thick paper mode including paper of 105 to 128 g m and Bond paper with poor sur face characteristics 2 Thick paper H mode envelope etc 3 At this time the copier printer is capable of printing only so many prints suspending operation thereafter In the case of fax select Print or Remain the image data in the memory at the user mode display in advance Follow the ac
262. or Reader motor LA LA LA Contact sensor home position sensor Forwafd Reverse Contact sensor LED Laser scanner motor fe LA Cassette pickup solenoid LA LA Paper leading edge sensor Delivery sensor Primary charging bias AC Primary charging bias DC Laser diode Developing bias AC Developing bias DC Transfer bias I 1 Fixing heater A 2 1 Varies depending on the density setting and the humidity 2 Cleaning bias control 8 ATVC control 4 Sheet to sheet bias control 5 Temperature control by paper type 6 Varies depending on the humidity COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC ee La La m Ll La LI m im La La im La m gt Lu lil Lu m Lu La m m La La m Ld m La LA CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 APPENDIX 2 General Circuit Diagram Control panel Original
263. or NO Connect them firmly If the flexible cable has a scratch replace it Contact sensor 7 Try replacing the contact sensor Is the problem corrected YES End Analog processor PCB Image processor PCB 8 Try replacing the analog processor PCB Is the problem corrected YES End NO Replace the image processor PCB COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 7 27 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 3 1 7 The output has black lines vertical 3 1 8 The output has black lines horizontal Fixing inlet guide 1 Clean the fixing inlet guide Is the problem corrected YES End Drum unit 2 Try replacing the drum unit Is the problem corrected YES End Developing unit Fixing assembly 3 Try replacing the developing unit Is the problem corrected YES End NO Replace the fixing assembly 3 1 9 The output has white spots vertical 3 1 10 The output has white lines vertical General conditions 1 Execute PRINT test Is the output image normal See 3 21 5 of Chapter 2 YES Go to step 5 NO Go through steps 2 through 4 Transfer charging roller 2 Is the transfer charging roller soiled YES Clean it If the problem is not corrected replace it Drum unit 3 Try replacing the drum unit Is the problem corrected YES End Developing unit Fixing assembly 4 Try replacing the developing unit Is the problem corrected YES End NO Replace the fixing assembly Contact sensor drive be
264. or PCB J317 on the image processor PCB and J504 of the contact sensor NO Connect them firmly If the flexible cable has a scratch replace it Contact sensor 17 Try replacing the contact sensor Is the problem corrected YES End Analog processor PCB Image processor PCB 18 Try replacing the analog processor PCB Is the problem corrected YES End NO Replace the image processor PCB 7 24 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 3 1 2 The output is too dark Image density 1 Is the image density setting correct e In the case of copier functions PRINT EXPOSURE of COMMON SETTINGS and STANDARD EXPOSURE of COPY SETTINGS on user mode menu In the case of printer functions or fax functions PRINT EXPO SURE of COMMON SETTINGS on user mode menu NO Correct the image density setting General condition 2 Execute PRINT test Is the output image normal See 3 21 5 of Chapter 2 YES Go through steps 9 to 13 NO Go through steps 3 to 8 High voltage contact between cartridge and high voltage spring 3 Is the high voltage spring used to supply high voltage to the car tridge soiled Remove the cartridge to check YES Clean it High voltage contact between high voltage spring and DC controller PCB J205 J207 4 Is the connection between the high voltage spring and the DC con troller PCB J205 J207 normal YES Correct it If it cannot be corrected rep
265. or the manual feed tray 4 Open the ADF and place an A5 STMTR original on the copyboard glass 5 Close the ADF and make a copy in Direct 6 Check the copy image and check to make sure that the area outside the image is free of fogging 7 If fogging is found the position of the white sheet may be wrong check its positioning If no fault is found try skew removal once again 1 3 3 2 Left Right Registration Adjustment Using the ADF make a copy of the sheet in Direct and check to make sure the left right registration is 10 1 mm See 1 2 2 of Chapter 7 10x1mm feeding direction Copy of the test sheet F07 103 03 1 Pick the tab 1 and detach the white plate 2 F07 103 04 7 10 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 2 Loosen the screw 3 and move the slide guide to the front rear with reference to the in dex graduated at 1 mm intervals until the registration is as indicated F07 103 05 A shift of the slide guide up by 1 mm will increase the registration on the d right top of paper by 1 mm Memo Do not remove the screw 3 otherwise you must work as instructed for mounting of the slide guide See 2 8 1 5 of Chapter 5 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 7 11 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTIN
266. orrectly Add an echo protect tone to the V 29 modem signal for transmission d D Ask the operator of the other party to increase the transmission level so that the appropriate signal may be received correctly The number of re transmissions of the procedure signal has been exceeded The line condition is poor and the appropriate signal from the other party cannot be received correctly after transmission of EOM 1 Increase the transmission level so that the other party may receive EOM cor rectly Decrease the transmission start speed Adjust the NL equalizer so that the other party may receive EOM correctly Add an echo protect tone to the V 29 modem signal for transmission amp N Ask the operator of the other party to increase the transmission level so that the appropriate signal may be received correctly CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 7 69 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 283 TX Cause Remedy 284 TX Cause Remedy Cause Remedy Cause Remedy Cause Remedy 285 TX Cause Remedy 286 TX Cause Remedy 287 TX Cause Remedy 7 70 The number of re transmissions of the procedure signal has been exceeded The line condition is poor and the appropriate signal from the other party cannot be received correctly after transmission of MPS 1 Increase the transmission level so that the other party may receive MPS cor rec
267. ort Activity report Multiple activity report Memory clear list COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 Settings Make output settings for auto generation under 2 REPORT SETTINGS in 3 FAX SETTINGS of the user mode menu First enable 2 TX REPORT under 2 REPORT SETTINGS of 3 FAX SETTINGS on the user mode menu a report will be generated if a broad cast transmission is used instead of a TX report If the machine remains without power for a spe cific period of time about 2 hr or more while an image exists in its memory the power of the vana dium lithium secondary battery BAT2 will be come exhausted A report will automatically be generated when the machine is turned on T02 202 02 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 2 2 2 1 Memory Clear List 07 30 2001 17 52 FAX l 001 MEMORY CLEAR REPORT kc ck ke ce ce ke ce ke ke ce ce ck ck ce ck ck e kk xk KKK MEMORY FILES DELETED NO MODE DESTINATION TEL ID PGS SET TIME ST TIME 0002 DELAYED TX 1 07 30 18 51 13 59 0002 DELAYED TX 1 07 30 18 51 13 51 0002 MEMORY RX 11 07 30 13 53 0002 MEMORY RX 11 07 30 13 54 TX RX NO MODE DESTINATION TEL ID PGS SET TIME ST TIME 2 20 _ COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC F02 202 01 4 digit indication transmission delayed transmission o
268. ot be corrected check its drive system e g gears Laser scanner unit DC controller PCB 3 Try replacing the laser scanner unit Is the problem corrected YES End NO Replace the DC controller PCB Contact sensor drive belt 4 Is the contact sensor drive belt normal NO Replace the contact sensor drive belt Contact sensor drive rail reader motor 5 Move the contact sensor slowly Does it move smoothly YES Replace the reader motor NO Check the surface of the contact sensor drive rail for foreign mat ter if there is any remove it If it is soiled clean it with alcohol and then apply a small amount of lubricant MOLYKOTE EM 50L COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 7 33 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 3 1 18 The output has poor sharpness out of focus General conditions 1 Execute PRINT test Is the output image normal See 3 21 5 of Chapter 2 YES Go to step 5 NO Go through steps 2 and 5 Sharpness setting 2 Change the setting of SHARPNESS under COPY SETTINGS on the user mode menu Is the problem corrected YES End High voltage contact high voltage spring and DC controller PCB J205 J207 J209 3 Is the high voltage spring used to supply high voltage to the car tridge soiled Remove the cartridge to check High voltage contact high voltage spring J205 J207 J209 on DC controller PCB 4 Is the connection between the high voltage spring and the c
269. oved 3 Remove the cassette 4 Place the machine so that its pickup side is at the bottom 2 F05 206 05 5 Remove the 8 screws 1 and detach the bottom plate 2 F05 206 06 5 46 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 6 Remove the 2 screws 3 and detach the cassette rear cover 4 7 Free the harness 5 from the harness guide 6 8 Remove the screw 7 and detach the cassette pickup solenoid 8 3 F05 206 08 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 5 47 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 2 6 3 Removing the Manual Feed Tray upper 1 Remove the right cover See 2 1 1 2 2 2 Remove the 4 ribs 1 3 Remove the 2 springs 2 and slide the manual feed tray upper 3 to detach F05 206 09 2 6 4 Removing the Manual Feed Tray lower 1 Remove the right cover See 2 1 1 2 2 Remove the 2 ribs 1 and slide the manual feed tray lower 2 to detach 2 F05 206 10 5 48 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 C
270. panel Contact sensor Analog processor PCB Image processor PCB Control System c accu ME Laser Exposure System Laser driver BD PCB Laser scanner Delivery tray Drum cleaning m Fixing System F 3 Feeding 1 If equipped with fax functions Image Formation System DC controller PCB Sepa ration Development F04 102 01 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 4 OPERATION 1 3 Outline of the Electrical Circuitry 1 3 1 Functional Block Diagram Modular Jack PCB Toner bottle sensor Humidity sensor J6521 J6531 Telephone line Reception Transmission LT _ J652 J653 Sensor relay Delivery sensor Waste toner Fixing assembly Cartridge full sensor PCB J651 EN PS3 J1051 J907 4 J911 3 491273 To power supply J2521 Parallel I F USB I F J403 J402 J404 L J73 83 10 4 10 J206 J205 J207 208 J209 J252 J251 L L i i PS101 PS102 PS103 LGL paper Paper leading Cassette Control panel Printer Controller NCU PCB Power supply PCB sensor e
271. party transmitting machine cannot use fall back Remedy 1 Ask the operator of the other party to increase the transmission level so that the signal may be received correctly 2 Adjust the NL equalizer so that the signal may be received correctly 3 Loosen the RTN transmission conditions so that RTN will not be transmitted COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 7 67 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 220 TX RX System error e g main program may have gone away Cause Remedy 223 TX Cause Remedy Noise caused the CPU to malfunction Turn off and then on the power The line was disconnected during communication The Stop button was pressed during image transmission Transmit once again 224 TX RX Fault occurred in the communication procedure signal Cause Remedy Cause Remedy Cause Remedy 229 RX Cause Remedy 9232 TX Cause Remedy 237 RX Cause Remedy 238 RX Cause Remedy The original on the transmitting party is not correctly fed forcing polling mode to start i e DCN was received in response to DIS 1 Check to make user that the original is placed correctly 2 If the feeding roller is worn replace it In a memory full condition a call arrived when a original was set i e DCN was received in response to DIS If any image received in memory reception remains in the memory print out the image and empty the me
272. per draw straight lines as indicated Using A4 Paper 297mm 10mm lt 1 E 2 feeding direction E 5 N lt 10mm Draw straight lines F07 102 01 Using LTR Paper 279mm 10mm 10mm 4 85 Le 2 feeding direction E 5 N tomm lt 10mm Draw straight lines F07 102 02 7 4 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 1 2 3 Adjusting the Mechanical Systems The machine s mechanical systems do not require adjustments 1 2 4 Adjusting the Electrical Systems 1 2 4 1 Contact Sensor LED Intensity Auto Adjustment Before starting adjustment verify that there is nothing on the copyboard glass Also verify that the ADF copyboard cover is securely closed Execute auto adjustment of the contact sensor LED intensity as follows 1 Press the Additional Functions key and the key to start service mode 2 Press the Left Right Arrow key so that TEST MODE is indicated 3 Press the OK key 4 Press 2 on the keypad so that TEST MODE is indicated 5 Press 7 on the keypad to clear CCD parameter 6 Press the Stop key to return to TEST MODE 7 Press 2 on the keypad so that 2 CCD TEST is indicated 8 Press 8 on the keypad so that the machine starts contact sensor LED intensity auto ad justment 9 End the work when the LCD indicates OK if it indicates
273. per detection if equipped with ADF functions original delivery detection if equipped with ADF functions waste toner casing full detection toner bottle set detection LGL paper detection paper leading edge detection cassette paper detection CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 6 2 3 Others F07 602 05 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 7 105 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING Others Symbol Name m o Switch Humidity QW Thermistor c YN o Thermal fuse D Speaker 1 If equipped with fax functions Notation Description SWI reader unit slide detecting SW2 toner supply cover open close detecting HS humidity check H1 fixing heater TH1 fixing main thermistor fixing assembly cen ter temperature detection TH2 fixing sub thermistor fixing assembly end temperature detection FU2 Fixing heater error temperature detection SP1 speaker T07 602 03 7 106 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 6 2 4 PCBs Y F07 602 06 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 7 107 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING F07 602 07 PCBs Ref Name Description 1 Image processor PCB image processing control 2 DC controller PCB DC load control 3 Analog processor PCB contact sensor drive analog image processing 4 Control panel PC
274. ping PCB 6 pute Plau IIT 2 4 J102 a m m m S fe E 3 ary upel P a i charging ower supply ui E 8 DC controller PCB Y o Y Printer controller void 3 fS S i a B WAS PCB lv lo 1 aes EL u Power cord uz Inlet g LINE a 1 H SOLD1 7 LGL Paper leading Cassette Transfer bias 4907 fojn SOLD2 aneas le B PS101 PS102 EE EE Parallel Port USB Port 121 1252 2251 LE wisn 2 2 o EE ale EE a al CE Sg 828 2824 5 5 SET 060 5863 pau EREE Fixing film bias A2520 J651 rs Sensor relay 2 25 1123 la 3 MTS Li M G anil EBA THI 1 PS10 1 E Waste toner BED full sensor 26530 Gr Main 4 boot Fans 1 If equipped ADF functions zl heater E PS HS A Toner bottle Humidity sensor 2 1f equipped fax functions COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC Fixing assembly CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002
275. pply PCB is faulty The DC controller PCB is faulty Action See the descriptions for E003 E003 During printing the main thermistor detects less than 120 248 F for 1 sec or more continuously Main cause The fixing film unit is faulty main thermistor fault thermal fuse blow fix ing heater fault The power supply PCB is faulty The DC controller PCB is faulty Action 1 Malfunction Turn off the power wait for 10 min and turn on the power Is the problem corrected YES End 2 Wiring Is the wiring from the DC controller PCB to the fixing film unit normal NO Correct the wiring 3 Fixing film unit Try replacing the fixing film unit Is the problem corrected YES End 4 Power supply PCB DC controller PCB Try replacing the power supply PCB Is the problem corrected YES End NO Replace the DC controller PCB COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 7 39 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING E100 Main cause Action E110 Main cause Action 7 40 About 1 5 sec after the scanner drive signal output the BDI signal is not detected 3 times or more for 1 0 sec While the laser is ON the BD signal cycle is not as indicated for 0 5 or more continuously The laser driver BD PCB is faulty laser activation failure BD detection fault The DC controller PCB is faulty The image processor PCB is faulty 1 Wiring Is the wiring from the DC controller PCB to the laser scanner unit no
276. printer function setting 1 SSSW SWOI through 05 07 through 12 14 though 20 Also do not change the setting of 2 NUMBER Param P COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 2 29 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 8 PDL 8 PDL Not used 2 30 9 COUNTER TOTAL SERVICE1 service use total counter 1 indication SERVICE2 service use total counter 2 indication L TTL total counter indication I COPY total copy counter indication PDL PRT print counter indication FAX PRT fax reception print counter indication RPT PRTreport print counter indication SCAN scan counter indication I PICK UP r C1 cassette pickup counter indication m C2 not used C3 not used C4 not used MF manual feed tray pickup counter indication FEEDER FEED ADF pickup counter indication m TTL machine total jam counter indication FEEDER ADF jam counter indication SORTER not used manual feed tray jam counter indication I C1 cassette jam counter indication C4 not used MISC not used F02 303 06 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 10 REPORT 1 SERVICE amp SYSTEM service mode data start date system dump list output etc 2 SERVICE DATA service mode data start da
277. qualizer so that the other party may receive the image signal correctly The other party malfunctioned because of an echo 1 Using a manual call press the Start button after hearing the 1st DIS from the other party 2 To prevent response to the Ist DIS from the other party put a relatively long pause to the telephone number when registering an auto dialing number 3 Ask the operator of the other party to provide echo remedy 1 4 Ask the operator of the other party to decrease the transmission level so that the other party will not receive an echo In ECM transmission no significant signal can be received after transmission of EOR EOP and the allowed number of procedure signal re transmissions was exceeded The line condition is poor and the other party cannot receive EOR EOP correctly 1 Increase the transmission level so that the other party may receive EOR EOP correctly 2 Adjust the NL equalizer so that the other party may receive EOR EOP cor rectly 3 Add an echo protect tone to the V 29 modem signal for transmission The line condition is poor and the significant signal cannot be received correctly Ask the operator of the other party to increase the transmission level so that the signal may be received correctly COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 787 TX Cause Remedy Cause Remedy 788 TX Cause Remedy 789 TX
278. r reception one touch dial speed dial number abbreviation of other party number of pages stored date time in 24 hr notation start of storage in 24 hr notation CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 3 Service Mode 3 1 Outline The following items may be checked or set in the machine s service mode which consists of those found in existing fax machines You may use them as you would on a fax machine The machine s service mode items are grouped into the following 15 blocks 1 2 3 4 4B 4C 5 6 7 8 9 SSSW service soft switch Use it to register set basic fax functions e g error control echo remedy communica tion error correction MENU menu switch settings Use it to register set items related to functions needed at time of installation e g NL equalizer transmission level NUMERIC param numerical parameter settings Use it to enter a numerical parameter for various functions related to the FAX TEL switch over SPECIAL Do not change NCU Do not change This item is set in conjunction with the setting of 5 TYPE so that the settings will comply with the communications standards of a specific country region ISDN not used TYPE country region setting Use it to select a country region from the list so that the setting of 1 through 4 will comply with the communications standards of the selected country region SCANNER p
279. r unit 4 Is the surface of each roller of the separation roller unit normal NO Replace the faulty roller ADF motor connection 5 Is the ADF motor harness connected firmly NO Connect it firmly ADF motor M3 Image processor PCB 6 Try replacing the ADF motor M3 Is the problem corrected YES End NO Replace the image processor PCB 7 48 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 4 4 Troubleshooting Malfunctions printer functions If the results of all work in the troubleshooting flow in 2 2 are good and yet a fault occurs when a printer function is used printing from a PC go through the following 4 4 1 Printing fails to start 4 4 2 Printing stops in the middle Status check 1 Can test print be done from the PC YES Explain the user that the trouble cause is probably not within the machine Operating environment 2 Is the PC used meet the requirements of the machine NO Explain the user that PC environment must satisfy the requirements of the machine Refer to Quick Start Guide Status check 3 Run the troubleshooter of the machine from the PC Are the check results normal NO Correct the problem according to the description displayed as the check results Connection of interface cables to PC 4 Is the connection of the interface cables normal NO Connect securely Replace the cable if it has scratches etc PC settings 5 Are the PC settings correct
280. ration Avoid impact Take care not to drop it COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 1 23 CHAPTER 1 PRODUCT OUTLINE Normal 9 10 of total storage period 0 35 C 32 95 F 35 40 C 95 104 F Severe 1 10 of total storage period 20 0 C 4 32 F 40 15 C 104 59 F 20 25 C 4 77 F Normal 9 10 of total storage period 35 85 RH 85 95 RH Severe 1 10 of total storage time Low 10 35 RH Temperature Change in temperature within about 3 min 5 I Atmospheric pressure 0 61 1 01hpa Effective period of cartridge 2 5 yr approx T01 303 01 3 3 2 Storing or Handling the Cartridge After Unpacking The photosensitive drum is made of organic photo conducting material OPC and will deteriorate if exposed to strong light It is also used to hold toner inside it after setting the toner bottle Be sure to advise the user to be fully careful when storing and handling the car tridge The cartridge must always be put inside a protective bag for storage 3 3 2 1 Storing After Unpacking a Use a protective bag for storage b Avoid areas subject to direct sunshine e g near a window Do not leave it alone inside a card as the temperature can rise to an extremely high level These are also true even if the cartridge is put in a protective bag c Avoid areas subject to high temperature humidity or low temperature humidity areas subject to rapid changes in temper
281. red after the answering phone acquires the telephone line when answering machine mode is selected No 27 Use it to change the detection evaluation time Command analysis is started when the V 21 low speed command preamble is detected continuously for a specific period of time No 28 Use it to set the length of time during which the Menu Select screen is indicated on the LCD 2 52 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE No 56 through 61 Use it to confirm the count type indicated on the Counter Check screen which appears in response to a press on the Counter key When is selected count type will not be indicated No 56 fix to total 1 101 for the counter 1 reading No 57 use it to select a count type for the counter 2 reading No 58 use it to select a count type for the counter 3 reading No 59 use it to select a count type for the counter 4 reading No 60 use it to select a count type for the counter 5 reading No 61 use it to select a count type for the counter 6 reading If above selections have been made the counters will be displayed in order of counter numbers lt Soft Counter Specifications gt The soft counters are classified as follows according to input numbers 101 total 102 not used 103 not used 104 not used 201 copy 202 not used 203 not used 204 not used 301 print indicates s
282. remains in standby state for a specific period of time The standby period after which the ESS mode is started is set in user mode 3 to 30 min factory default 5 min 7 3 2 Operation While the machine remains in ESS mode all in the control panel except the LED indica tor of the Energy Saver key will remain OFF The machine will not shift to ESS mode under any of the following conditions The shift to ESS mode is not enabled in user mode e A jam or a service error occurred and the Alarm lamp is ON In the case of the ab sence of toner or paper full of the waste toner and the machine shifts to ESS mode in the absence of paper The image memory contains image data While the machine is in ESS mode it will shift out of the state in response to a press on the Energy Saver key in addition it will automatically shift out of the state under any of the following conditions Print data arrives from the PC A fax arrives e Off hook state is detected A report output time occurs A timer call time occurs Only if equipped with fax functions COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 4 33 CHAPTER 4 OPERATION 8 Others 8 1 Fan 8 1 1 Outline The machine is equipped with a single fan at the rear of the delivery assembly to cool the laser scanner unit to discharge heat from around the fixing assembly to cool the elements of the PCBs and to discharge ozone
283. replace it Fixing film unit 6 Try replacing the fixing film unit Is the problem corrected YES End Fixing pressure roller nip Power supply PCB 7 Is the nip of the fixing pressure roller correct See 1 1 of Chapter 7 NO Replace the fixing assembly If the problem is not corrected after replacement replace the power supply PCB 7 32 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 3 1 16 The output has left right displacement Original 1 Is the original placed correctly NO Place it correctly Paper 2 Is the paper curled appreciably YES Replace the paper Stack 3 Is the amount of paper placed in the cassette more than allowed YES Advise the user on the limit imposed on the amount of paper Left right edge read start position adjustment DC controller PCB 4 Execute left right edge read start position adjustment Is the prob lem corrected See 1 2 4 3 of Chapter 7 YES End NO Replace the DC controller PCB 3 1 17 The output has a blurry image General conditions 1 Execute PRINT test Is the output image normal See 3 21 5 of Chapter 2 YES Go through steps 4 and 5 NO Go through steps 2 and 3 Transfer charging roller Photosensitive drum 2 Is the problem noted at specific intervals YES Identify the cause by referring to TO7 301 1 and replace it If the photosensitive drum is the case replace the drum unit If the problem cann
284. ress the Start button after hearing the 1st DIS from the other party 2 To prevent response to the Ist DIS from the other party put a relatively long pause to the telephone number when registering an auto dialing number 3 Ask the operator of the other party to provide echo remedy 1 4 Ask the operator of the other party to decrease the transmission level so that the other party will not receive an echo CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 7 79 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 775 TX Cause Remedy Cause Remedy 777 TX Cause Remedy Cause Remedy 778 TX Cause Remedy 7 80 In ECM transmission no significant signal can be received after transmission of EOR MPS and the allowed number of procedure signal re transmissions was exceeded The line condition is poor and the other party cannot receive EOR MPS correctly 1 Increase the transmission level so that the other party may receive EOR MPS correctly 2 Adjust the NL equalizer so that the other party may receive EOR MPS cor rectly 3 Add an echo protect tone to the V 29 modem signal for transmission The line condition is poor and the significant signal cannot be received correctly Ask the operator of the other party to increase the transmission level so that the signal may be received correctly In ECM transmission DCN was received after transmission of EOR MPS The line condition is poor and the other party cannot r
285. riginal correctly Stack of originals 2 Is the stack of originals placed in the original placement assembly more than allowed YES Advise the user on the number of originals that may be placed Original 3 Is the original curled or do originals bond together because of static charge YES Advise the user that the cause is the originals Remove the curl or fan out the originals Original separation pad Pressure spring original separation pad 4 Is the surface of the original separation pad normal YES Replace the pressure spring of the original separation pad NO Clean it If worn or faulty replace it 5 5 2 Skew Slide guide 1 Is the slide guide fitted correctly to suit the width of the original Fit it correctly Original 2 Are originals of different widths placed together YES Make sure that all originals are of the same width when placed on the original placement area Skew correction 3 Is the skew correction value appropriate NO Execute skew correction See 1 3 3 1 of Chapter 7 If you have corrected the skew check to be sure the settings of all other adjustment items for the ADF are as indicated in specs Original separation pad Roller separation roller unit 4 Clean the original separation pad and the rollers of the separation roller unit Is the problem corrected YES End NO Replace the original separation pad or the rollers of the separation roller unit 7 98 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200
286. rmal NO Correct the wiring 2 Laser scanner unit Try replacing the laser scanner unit Is the problem corrected YES End 3 DC controller PCB Image processor PCB Try replacing the DC controller PCB Is the problem corrected YES End NO Replace the image processor PCB The scanner fails to reach the target speed of rotation 10 sec after the laser scanner motor reaches constant speed state The laser scanner motor is faulty The DC controller PCB is faulty 1 Laser scanner unit DC controller PCB Try replacing the laser scanner unit Is the problem corrected YES End NO Replace the DC controller PCB COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING E805 While the fan is rotating fan lock state is detected for 10 sec or more con tinuously Main cause The fan is faulty The DC controller PCB is faulty The image processor PCB is faulty Action 1 Foreign matter Is there any foreign matter that hinders the rotation of the heat discharge fan YES Remove the foreign matter 2 Wiring Connection Are the wiring and connection connectors of the fan normal NO Correct them 3 Fan Try replacing the fan Is the problem corrected YES End 4 DC controller PCB Image processors PCB Try replacing the DC controller PCB Is the problem corrected YES End NO Replace the image processor PCB E810 The case that the toner bottle is detected but not th
287. rn OFF time short setting pseudo RBT signal pattern OFF time long setting pseudo Cl signal pattern ON time setting pseudo Cl signal pattern OFF time short setting pseudo Cl signal pattern OFF time long setting not used pseudo RBT signal transmission evel setting answering phone connection function signal monitor length setting not used V21 low speed flag preamble detection length setting menu pop up time setting not used not used total 1 indication copy total 1 indication no indication no indication no indication no indication not used not used CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE Do not use the following reserved for the future No 001 007 008 012 014 023 026 029 through 055 062 through 080 4A SPECIAL 4B NCU NCU setting 4C ISDN 5 TYPE EUROPE type setting FRANCE SINGAPORE SLOVENIA AS 1 11111111 11111111 1111 4L 9 2 5x o o O Z O EU E2 STANDARD USA F02 303 04 4A SPECIAL Do not change the setting 4B NCU NCU setting The settings under this item are collectively and automatically set in conjunction with 5 TYPE to suit the communications standards of a specific country region Not used Do not change the setting COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 2 27 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 4C ISDN Not used
288. rty may receive the image signal correctly The other party malfunctioned because of an echo 1 Using a manual call press the Start button after hearing the 1st DIS from the other party 2 To prevent response to the Ist DIS from the other party put a relatively long pause to the telephone number when registering an auto dialing number 3 Ask the operator of the other party to provide echo remedy 1 4 Ask the operator of the other party to decrease the transmission level so that the other party will not receive an echo CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 7 83 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 790 TX Cause Remedy Cause Remedy In ECM reception ERR was transmitted after reception of EOR Q The line condition is poor and the image signal cannot often be received cor rectly 1 Ask the operator of the other party to increase the transmission level so that the image signal may be received correctly 2 Adjust the NL equalizer so that the image signal may be received correctly The machine malfunctioned because of an echo 1 Provide echo remedy 1 2 Decrease the transmission level so that an echo is not received 791 TX RX During an ECM mode procedure a signal other than a significant Cause Remedy 792 RX Cause Remedy 793 RX Cause Remedy Cause Remedy Cause Remedy signal was received The procedure signal is faulty Record the protocol on a DAT or MD a
289. s 3500 13 T30 EOL timer 500 to 3000 10ms 1300 15 hooking detection time length 0 to 999 10ms 120 16 time to tentative response at time of fax tel to 9 sec 4 switch over 17 pseudo RBT signal pattern ON length 0 to 999 10ms 100 18 pseudo RBT signal pattern OFF time length 0 to 999 10ms 0 short 19 pseudo RBT signal pattern OFF time length to 999 10ms 200 long 20 pseudo CI signal pattern ON time length 0 to 999 10ms 100 21 pseudo CI signal pattern OFF time length 0 to 999 10ms 0 short 22 pseudo CI signal pattern OFF time length 0 to 999 10ms 200 long 24 fax tel switch over pseudo RBT transmission 0 to 20 dBm 20 level 25 answer telephone CNG motor time length 0 to 999 sec 60 27 V 21 low speed flag preamble detection time 1 to 99 10ms 3 length 28 menu selection screen display time length to 60 sec 3 56 count type select 1 101 101 57 count type select 2 0 to 999 201 58 count type select 3 0 to 999 0 59 count type select 4 0 to 999 0 60 count type select 5 0 to 999 0 61 count type select 6 0 to 999 0 2 50 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE No 02 03 04 Use it to set conditions for RTN signal transmission If an error occurs often when the RTN signal is transmitted at time of reception increase the parameters to loosen the RTN signal transmission conditions D The following error codes are associated with the transmis
290. s go through the following to find out whether the rollers are rotating nor mally 5 2 5 1 Checking the Rotation of the Cassette Pickup Roller and the Vertical Path Roller 1 Check to be sure that the machine is in standby state 2 Open the right door 3 Press the Start key 4 Check the rotation of the roller through the right door area of the machine 5 2 5 2 Checking the Rotation of the Registration Roller and the Gear for the Photo sensitive Drum 1 Check to be sure that the machine is in standby state 2 Slide the reader unit 3 Open the copyboard cover and remove the reader cover 4 Open the cartridge cover 5 Remove the cartridge 6 While pressing the reader unit slide detecting switch SW1 and toner bottle sensor PS11 with a screwdriver press the Start key 7 Check the rotation of the roller gear through the right side area of the machine 7 94 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 5 3 Original Jams if equipped with ADF functions General conditions 1 Are the following rollers of the ADF rotating original separation roller ADF registration roller white roller original feed roller original delivery roller YES Go through steps 2 to 6 NO Go to step 7 General conditions 2 Is the ADF closed firmly NO Close it firmly Original 3 Is the original placed correctly NO Place the original correctly Stack of originals
291. s REV 0 AUG 2002 1 1 CHAPTER 1 PRODUCT OUTLINE 1 3 Functions Item Resolution printer engine copy print Original type Maximum original size Reproduction ratio Zoom Wait time First copy time Continuous reproduction Reproduction size 250 sheet cassette Fixed to A4 size 250 sheet cassette Universal 500 sheet cassette Manual feed tray Paper type 250 sheet cassette 500 sheet cassette Manual feed tray Cassette Manual feed tray capacity Delivery tray capacity Non image width Specifications 600 x 600 dpi 1200 equivalent x 600 dpi 2400 equivalent x 600 dpi Sheet book 3 D object 2 kg max 297 x210 mm 11 7 x8 3 LGL 356 x216 mm 14 0 x8 5 AB 4R3E A 2R2E Inch 3R2E 50 to 200 1 increments 8 5 sec after plug in 1 0 sec after pressing Energy Saver key 13 sec or less 21 5 sec after plug in 18 sec after pressing Energy Saver key 99 pages max A4 LGL LTR A4 B5 LGL LTR A4 Width 76 2 to 216 mm 3 0 to 8 5 Length 127 to 356 mm 5 0 to 14 0 Weight 56 to 128 g m Plain paper 64 to 80 g m recycled paper 64 to 80 g m col ored paper 64 to 80 g m Plain paper 64 to 80 g m recycled paper 64 to 80 g m col ored paper 64 to 80 g m Plain paper 64 to 80 g m recycled paper 64 to 80 g m col ored paper 64 to 80 g m transparency tracing paper label postcard thick paper 56 to 128 g m envelope Claw separation fr
292. s often because of the line condition at time of communication Memo 006 Initial setting OFF DIAL 10 3429 33 6 25Hz The following error codes are associated with the line condition at time of transmission 1H1765 4774 9779 HH784 789 100 101 102 104 201 281 282 H 283 750 755 The following error codes are associated with the line condition at time of reception 103 107 4114 201 790 793 telephone line monitor Use it to set telephone line motor functions DIAL SERVICEMAN 1 the start of transmission to DIS the start of a communication to its end SERVICEMAN 2 not used Select it to mute the monitor sound for the telephone line for the OFF 2 48 speaker Select it to generate a monitor sound for the telephone line from Select it to generate a monitor sound of the telephone line from COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 007 ATT transmission level Use it to set the transmission level ATT Increase the transmission level if an error occurs often because of the line condition at time of a communication D The following error codes are associated with the line condition at time of transmission 100 101 102 104 4201 280 281 4282 9283 284 HH750 752 H754 4755 757 759 760 11762 764 181765 9767 4709 4770
293. s the connection between the high voltage spring and the connec tors J205 J207 on the DC controller normal NO Correct it If the problem cannot be corrected replace the faulty part Connectors 5 Is the connection of the following connectors on the DC controller PCB normal J201 and J204 on the DC controller PCB J303 J304 J312 and J316 on the image processor PCB J3122 and J801 of the laser scanner unit NO Connect them firmly If the flexible cable has a scratch replace it Drum unit 6 Try replacing the drum unit Is the fault corrected YES End Developing unit 7 Try replacing the developing unit Is the fault corrected YES End Laser scanner unit DC controller PCB 8 Try replacing the laser scanner unit Is the problem corrected YES End NO Replace the DC controller PCB Transfer guide 9 Measure the transfer guide and other metal areas Is the resistance 0 Q YES Check the area around the transfer guide for pieces of metal e g screw COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 7 35 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING High voltage contact between transfer charging roller and high voltage spring 10 Is the high voltage spring used to supply high voltage to the trans fer charging roller soiled YES Clean it High voltage contact between high voltage spring and DC controller PCB J209 Transfer charging roller 11 Is the connection between the high voltage spring and the DC con tr
294. sion of the RTN B signal at time of reception Memo 104 107 114 201 The RTN signal transmission condition 1 is the ratio of the number of er ror lines in relation to the total number of lines per page of reception im ages The RTN signal transmission condition 2 is the reference value for burst errors The RTN signal transmission condition 3 is the number of errors not reaching the reference value for burst errors transmission errors spanning several lines 2 f set to 15 a transmission error spanning 5 consecutive lines is identified as a burst error If any of these conditions is detected while an image signal is being revised the RTN signal will be transmitted after receiving the procedure signal from the transmitting machine A higher parameter will make the transmission of the RTN signal more difficult No 05 Use it to set the length of item pause automatically put between the access code an the ID code when a number is dialed on an NCC new common carrier line No 06 Use it to set the length of time pause automatically put between the ID code and the telephone number of the other party when a number is dialed on an NCC new common car rier line No 09 Use it to set the number of TSI comparison digits last XX digits for a telephone number cross check No 10 Use it to set the length of time for line connection identification If an error occurs often because of the line
295. slucent Selfoc lens array black F05 101 01 9 Do not throw the cartridge into fire it may explode 10 As needed take out the cartridge and keep it in a protective bag 11 Keep the fixing screws separately they tend to fall inside the machine 12 If you have removed the read unit check to make sure that the reader unit moves smoothly 5 2 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 13 Keep in mind that as indicated in F05 101 02 the hook must be pushed in the direction of the arrow 1 if you want to open the cartridge cover with the toner supply cover open or detached 1 EE EJ JA TV 77 C 71 ih Y S byt f ls x F05 101 02 14 Keep in mind that as indicated in F05 101 03 the hook must be pushed into the direc tion of the arrow 1 if you want to open the toner supply with the cartridge cover open or detached F05 101 03 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 5 3 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 2 Disassembly 2 1 Externals Auxiliary System 2 1 1 External Covers 1 ADF copyboard cover 2 Cartridge cover 3 Toner supply cover 4 Front cover 5 Delivery cover 6 Delivery upper cover 7 Delivery rear cover 8 Left cover 8 Right door 9 Manual feed tray 10 Rear cover 10 F05 201 02
296. smission level so that the other party may receive the signal correctly 2 Prohibit the V8 V 34 procedure In phase 2 the signal from the other party cannot be received correctly 1 Ask the operator of the other party to increase the transmission level so that the signal may be received correctly 2 Prohibit the V 8 V 34 procedure In V 34 reception the procedure fails to move from phase 2 to phase 3 and later causing a T1 time over condition In phase 2 the other party cannot receive the signal correctly and disconnect the line 1 Increase the transmission level so that the other party may receive the signal correctly 2 Prohibit the V 8 V 34 procedure In phase 2 the signal from the other party cannot be received correctly 1 Ask the operator of the other party to increase the transmission level so that the signal may be received correctly 2 Prohibit the V 8 V 34 procedure In V 34 transmission the procedure fails to move from phase 3 or phase 4 to a control channel or later causing a T1 time over condi tion In phase 3 or phase 4 the other party cannot receive the signal correctly and dis connect the line 1 Increase the transmission level so that the other party may receive the signal correctly 2 Prohibit the V 8 V 34 procedure In phase 3 or phase 4 the signal from the other party cannot be received correctly 1 Ask the operator of the other party to increase the transmission level so tha
297. sor PCB Is the problem corrected YES End NO Replace the image processor PCB 3 1 3 The output is foggy vertically 3 1 4 The output has fuzzy black vertical lines Transfer guide assembly 1 Clean the transfer guide assembly Is the problem corrected YES End Drum unit Developing unit 2 Try replacing the drum unit Is the fault corrected YES End NO Replace the developing unit 7 26 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 3 1 5 The output is foggy horizontally 3 1 6 The output has fuzzy black horizontal lines General conditions 1 Execute PRINT test Is the output image normal See 3 21 5 of Chapter 2 YES Go through steps 4 to 8 NO Go through steps 2 to 3 Transfer guide assembly 2 Clean the transfer guide assembly Is the problem corrected YES End Drum unit Developing unit 3 Try replacing the drum unit Is the fault corrected YES End NO Replace the developing unit Selfoc lens array contact sensor 4 Clean the selfoc lens array of the contact sensor See 4 3 1 of Chap ter 6 YES End Contact sensor LED intensity auto adjustment 5 Execute contact sensor LED intensity auto adjustment Is the prob lem corrected See 1 2 4 1 of Chapter 7 YES End Connector 6 Is the connection of the following connectors normal J501 and J503 on the analog processor PCB J317 on the image processor PCB and J504 of the contact sens
298. ssion level so that the signal may be received correctly In ECM transmission DCN was received after transmission of PPS EOM The line condition is poor and the other party cannot receive PPS EOM correctly 1 Increase the transmission level so that the other party may receive PPS EOM correctly 2 Adjust the NL equalizer so that the other party may receive PPS EOM cor rectly 3 Add an echo protect tone to the V 29 modem signal for transmission The Stop key was pressed during a communication Transmit once again In ECM transmission the allowed number of procedure signal re transmissions was exceeded or a T5 time over 60 sec condition occurred after transmission of PPS EOM The page buffer of the other party is full or is engaged as such although RNR was received after transmission of PPS EOM and then RR was transmitted no sig nificant signal was received correctly thereafter 1 Start G3 mode and transmit once again Prohibit the ECM mode 2 Decrease the transmission start speed 3 Record the protocol on a DAT or MD and have it analyzed by the local Canon office and or Technical Center COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 764 TX Cause Remedy Cause Remedy 765 TX Cause Remedy Cause Remedy 767 TX Cause Remedy Cause Remedy COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC In ECM transmission the allowed nu
299. st COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 6 3 SENOR 1 4 Press 1 on the keypad DS of DES of DDS of CRG on DCVS on DS original sensor 1 PS6 on if present of if absent DES registration sensor 1 PS7 on if present of if absent DDS original delivery sensor 1 PS8 on if present of if absent CRG not used DCVS Reader unit slide detecting switch SW1 and toner supply cover open closed detecting switch SW2 on reader unit in position and toner supply cover closed of reader unit not in position or toner supply cover open 1 indicates the state of a specific sensor of the ADF Press 2 on the keypad HPS on BCVS of TBS on WTS of HPS contact sensor home position sensor PS1 on contact sensor in home position of contact sensor not in home position BCVS ADF copyboard cover open close sensor PS2 on cover open of cover closed TBS toner bottle sensor PS11 on toner bottle fitted of toner bottle not fitted cartridge not fitted WTS waste toner full sensor PS12 on if present of if absent Press 3 on the keypad CT1 on A4 CT1 cassette paper sensor P103 on paper present of paper absent Press 4 on the keypad MLT on A4 TN on JAM of MLT manual feed tray paper sensor PS4 on paper present of paper absent TN not used JAM not used
300. st be between 0 and 35 32 and 95 and between 35 and 85 humidity Avoid an area near a water faucet water boiler humidifier and re frigerator 3 The site must not be near a source of fire or must not be subject to dust or ammonium gas Also avoid areas exposed to direct rays of the sun if necessary provide curtains 4 The level of ozone generated by the machine while in use will not affect the health of the human body However some individuals may find its odor unpleasant Be sure to ventilate the room well to provide a good working environment 5 The machine will have to be at least 10cm 3 9 from any wall offering enough space for its use 10cm 3 9 50cm 19 7 50cm 19 7 50cm 19 7 rm ell Co F03 101 01 6 The machine will have to be placed in a well ventilated area of the room Do not how ever place it near the inlet of air COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 3 1 CHAPTER 3 INSTALLATION 2 Unpacking and Installing the Machine 2 1 Before Starting Go through the following before starting to install the machine If the machine is moved from a cold to a warm place for installation con densation can develop in its pickup feeding assembly causing image faults To avoid the condensation leave the machine unpacked for 1 hr or more so that it will
301. t Scanner Motor Control The scanner motor is controlled so that the horizontal resolution of the print image is 600 dpi Also the laser beam detection signal BDI from the laser scanner unit is detected to monitor the rotation of the scanner motor Cartridge Detection Mechanism In wait state the CPU on the DC controller PCB measures the voltage level of the car tridge detection signal CRGSNS a specific number of times to check the presence absence of the cartridge when an AC bias is applied to the primary charging roller Toner Level Detection Mechanism While the machine is in wait state the toner level detection signal ADDTNR based on the comparison of the developing bias output and the antenna output inside the cartridge occurring when the developing AC bias is detected during normal rotation to monitor the toner level inside the cartridge 1 3 2 3 Control Panel PCB Key Detection and LCD LED Drive The keys are monitored and the LCD and LEDs are driven LCD Function The LCD consisting of 2 lines of 20 characters is controlled according to the display sig nals from the image processor PCB Serial Communication Control The state of the control keys is monitored based on serial communications with the image processor PCB LCD and LED drive data are received 1 3 2 4 Power Supply PCB Switching Regulator The following is generated using power from the power outlet for loads 24 DC 12 VDC 5 VSDC 5 VDC 3 3 VSDC 3
302. t 6 FACULTY TEST A press on 6 on the keypad from the TEST MODE menu selects the FACULTY test A press on the keypad 1 through 7 9 during the test will bring up the following menu Keypad 1 RU P2 Item G3 Signal Transmission Test not used Sensor Test ADF Test not used Speaker Test Control Panel Test Live Connection Reception Test ESS Test Description Transmits a G3 signal at 4800 bps to the telephone line and the speaker Executes an operation test on a specific sensor Executes an operation test on the ADF Executes an operation test on the speaker Executes an operation test on the LCD LED control panel keys Executes an operation test on the signal sensor on the NCU board and the frequency counter Executes an operation test on the ESS function G3 Signal Transmission Test 6 1 G3 4800 bps Tx A press on 1 on the keypad on the FACULTY TEST menu selects the G3 transmission test In this test a G3 signal is transmitted using the telephone line terminal and the speaker at 4800 bps Sensor Test 6 3 SENSOR This mode is used to check the state of a specific sensor of the machine on the LCD A press on 3 on the keypad from the FACULTY TEST menu selects the sensor test The LCD indication changes as the sensor goes ON and OFF A 2 88 The paper leading edge sensor PS102 LGL paper sensor PS101 and delivery sensor PS3 cannot be checked by running a sensor te
303. t the signal may be received correctly 2 Prohibit the V 8 V 34 procedure COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 675 RX Cause Remedy Cause Remedy 750 TX Cause Remedy Cause Remedy 752 TX Cause Remedy Cause Remedy COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC In V 34 reception the procedure fails to move from phase 3 or phase 4 to a control channel or later causing a T1 time over condi tion In phase 3 or phase 4 the other party cannot receive the signal correctly and dis connect the line 1 Increase the transmission level so that the other party may receive the signal correctly 2 Prohibit the V 8 V 34 procedure In phase 3 or phase 4 the signal from the other party cannot be received correctly 1 Ask the operator of the other party to increase the transmission level so that the signal may be received correctly 2 Prohibit the V 8 V 34 procedure In ECM transmission no significant signal can be received after transmission of PPS NULL and the allowed number of procedure signal re transmissions was exceeded The line condition is poor and the other party cannot receive PPS NULL cor rectly 1 Increase the transmission level so that the other party may receive PPS NULL correctly 2 Adjust the NL equalizer so that the other party may receive PPS NULL cor rectly 3 Add an echo protect tone to the V
304. t the toner bottle slowly into the machine as far as it will go 3 6 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 3 INSTALLATION Actions Checks remarks 4 Holding the toner bottle steady with one hand firmly and slowly pull the sealing tape tab with the other hand to remove the sealing tape completely Throw the tape away To avoid breaking the tape do not pull it at an angle 5 Holding the toner bottle lever turn it counterclockwise so that V mark on the toner bottle aligns with the A mark on the machine 1 Close the toner car tridge lever 2 If you can t turn the toner bottle please push it into slot unit stop and turn again 6 Close the toner supply cover COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 3 7 CHAPTER 3 INSTALLATION 2 6 Putting Paper in the Cassette Actions Checks remarks 1 Lift the paper cassette slightly and pull it out until it stops 2 Put paper in the cassette under the claw must indicate what 1 and 2 are 3 Slide in the cassette until it stops 3 8 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 3 INSTALLATION 2 7 Putting Paper in the Manual Feed Tray Actions Checks remarks 1 Open the manual feed tray 2 Slid out the auxiliary tray 3 Place the paper with the side to be cop ied onto facing up 4 Adjust the slide guide
305. te output t 3 SYSTEM DUMP system dump list output t 4 KEY HISTORY REPORT recent key presses history 1800 presses output 5 BCH LOG REPORT not used 6 COUNTER REPORT counter output 7 SPEC REPORT specifications output 11 DOWNLOAD 12 CLEAR TEL amp USER DATA dial registration mode user data initialization t USER DATA user data initialization SERVICE SW SSSW data initialization SERVICE DATA system dump list initialization REPORT ACTIVITY communications control report initialization I JAM not used I ERR not used ALARM not used COUNTER counter initialization CARD not used ALL total data initialization 13 ROM MAIN image processor PCB ROM version indication MAIN2 image processor PCB CPU version indication ECONT DC controller PCB ROM version indication PDL printer controller PCB ROM version indication 14 CS SET TEST MODE 1 6 8 F02 303 07 11 DOWNLOAD Not used 14 CS SET Not used COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 2 31 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 3 4 Bit Switch Settings 1 SSSW A bit switch consists of 8 bits used for registering setting an item The switch is config ured as follows and each bit is always either 0 or 1 o 0 O O 0 0 F02 304 01 A Do not change service data marked hot used for its initial setting SSSW SW01
306. th ADF LUN LION 0 7 48 4 3 1 Original pickup fails 7 48 4 4 Troubleshooting Malfunctions printer functions 7 49 4 4 1 Printing fails to start 7 49 4 4 2 Printing stops in the DIU 7 49 4 5 Troubleshooting faults unique to models equipped with fax functions 7 51 4 5 1 Troubleshooting Communication Faults 7 51 4 5 2 Service Error Code Output 7 53 4 5 3 Error 7 53 4 5 3 1 Transmission Level ATT No 07 of Service Soft Switch 2 MENU 1 53 4 5 3 2 NL Equalizer No 05 of Service Soft Switch 2 MENU tocco 7 53 4 5 3 3 Transmission Page Timer SW12 of Service Soft Switch BI SSSW sir 7 53 4 5 3 4 TO Timer No 10 of Service Soft Switch 3 NUMERIC parat eee 7 53 4 5 3 5 Timer No 11 of Service Soft Switch 3 NUMERIC parat ce agin 7 54 4 5 3 6 Signal Transmission Condition No 02 03 and 04 of Service Soft Switch 3 NUMERIC param 7 54 4 5 3 7 Echo Remedy 7 54 4 5 3 8 Echo Protect Tone SW03 bit 1 of Service Soft Switch 9I SSSW Pres 7 54 4 5 3 9 Number of Final Flag Sequences SW04 bit 2 of Service Soft Switch 1 SSSW ou eee ee 7 54 4 5 3 10 Subaddress 7 55 4 5 3 11 Password 7 55 xii COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC 4 5 3 12 Signals citet 7 55 45 3 13 TIMET uiuit siint 7 56 4 5 4 How to Record the Protocol
307. the adjustment 7 Press the Stop key and the Additional Functions key to end TEST MODE 7 12 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 1 3 4 3 Original Speed Adjustment 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Adjust the speed at which originals are moved for ADF mode as follows Make a copy of the test sheet in ADF mode on paper of the same size in Direct See 1 2 2 of Chapter 7 Measure the length L in the middle of the copy output It must be 277 1 mm for 259 1 mm for LTR feeding direction Copy of the test sheet F07 103 06 Press the Additional Functions key and the key to start service mode Press the Left Right Arrow key so that 6 SCANNER is indicated Press the OK key Press the Left Right Arrow key so that 7 CCD is indicated Press the OK key Press the Left Right Arrow key so that the 2nd row of the LCD indicates 034 Enter a appropriate correction value using the Left Right Arrow key so that the length of L measured in step 2 is as indicated An increase by 1 will increase the length of L by about 0 5 mm 10 Press the OK key 11 Press the Stop key to end SCANNER 12 Make a copy of the test sheet in ADF mode on paper of the same size in Direct then check to make sure that the length of L of the copy is as indicated 13 End the work if the length of L is as indicated otherwise start o
308. tion selected at the user mode COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 1 3 CHAPTER 1 PRODUCT OUTLINE 1 4 Others Item Operating environment Temperature range Humidity range Atmospheric pressure range Power supply Serial number Power consumption Maximum Standby Operation Energy save stanby Noise Standby Copying Ozone after 50000 pages Dimensions Width Depth Height 250 Sheet cassette 500 Sheet cassette Weight 250 Sheet cassette 500 Sheet cassette Consumables storage Paper Toner 1 4 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC Specifications 0 to 35 C 32 to 95 35 to 85 0 61 to 1 01 hPa 0 6 to 1 atm 120V 50 60Hz 230V 50 60Hz MTCxxxx MTDxxxx MTExxxx MTFxxxx MTGxxxx PVZxxxx QTLxxxx TMxxxx UMAxxxx UNAxxxx UPAxxxx UVBxxxx UVCxxxx UVDxxxx UVExxxx UVFxxxx UVGxxxx UVHxxxx UVIxxxx ZTWxxxx ZTYxxxx ZTZXxxxx ZUBxxxx 780 W or less 16 W approx reference only 280 W approx reference only 2 W or less approx reference only Copyboard type 40 dB or less impulse mode ADF type 40 dB or less impulse mode reference Copyboard type 66 dB or less fast mode ADF type 69 dB or less fast mode reference 0 05 ppm Ave Copyboard type 475 mm 18 7 ADF type 475 mm 18 7 Copyboard type 442 mm 17 4 ADF type 442 mm 17 4 Copyboard type 295 mm 11 6 ADF type 352 mm 13 9 Copyboard type 327 mm 12 9 ADF type 384 mm 15 1
309. tly Decrease the transmission start speed Adjust the NL equalizer so that the other party may receive MPS correctly Add an echo protect tone to the V 29 modem signal for transmission d D Ask the operator of the other party to increase the transmission level so that the appropriate signal may be received correctly DCN has been received after transmission of TCF The other party is not ready for reception e g out of paper Ask the operator of the other party to set the machine for reception as by setting paper The user telephone number has not been registered if the receiving machine is a RICOH 3000L Register the user telephone number The other party cannot receive correctly Increase the transmission level so that the other party may receive TCF correctly The other party malfunctioned because of an echo 1 Using a manual call press the Start button after hearing the 1st DIS from the other party 2 To prevent response to the 1st DIS from the other party put a relatively long pause to the telephone number when registering an auto dialing number 3 Ask the operator of the other party to provide echo remedy 1 4 Ask the operator of the other party to decrease the transmission level so that the other party will not receive an echo DCN has been received after transmitting EOP The Stop button was pressed during a communication Transmit once again DCN has been received after transmitting
310. tments 7 1 1 1 Checking Against the ada ds ee 7 1 1 1 1 Checking the Pressure nip of the Fixing Pressure Roller 7 1 1 2 Making Adjustments 7 3 1 2 1 Making Adjustments When Replacing Major Parts 7 3 1 2 2 Preparing a Test Sheet for Adjustment seese 1 4 1 2 3 Adjusting the Mechanical ARS oi iirinn 7 5 1 2 4 Adjusting the Electrical Sy SUCTIAS meet 7 5 1 2 4 1 Contact Sensor LED Intensity Auto Adjustment 7 5 1 2 4 2 Leading Edge Read Start Position Adjustment 7 6 X COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC 1 2 4 3 Left Right Edge Read Start Position Adjustment 7 7 1 3 Making Adjustments ADF 7 8 1 3 1 Items of Adjustment and Sequence of 7 8 1 3 2 Preparing a Test Sheet for Adj stment 7 8 1 3 3 Adjusting the Mechanical NS a dE 7 9 1 3 8 4 Removing Skew 7 9 1 3 3 2 Left Right Registration Adjustment 7 10 1 3 4 Adjusting the Electrical Systems 7 12 1 3 4 1 Registration Arch Auto Adjustment 7 12 1 3 4 2 Original Read Position Adjustment ss 7 12 CANON iR1200 1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CONTENTS 1 3 4 3 Original Speed Adjustment 7 13 Leading Edge Read Start Position Adjustment 7 14 Trailing Edge Read End Position Adjustment 7 15 1 4 When Replacing a Co
311. to suit the width of the paper COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 3 9 CHAPTER 3 INSTALLATION 2 8 Connecting the Interface Cable Actions Checks Remarks 1 Connect the cable to the USB port if a USB cable is to be used or to the paral lel port if a parallel interface cable is to be used Be sure also to connect the cable to the PC Use interface cables that A comply with specifications of the machine USB cable specifications 5 m or shorter Parallel interface cable specifications 3 m or shorter Compliant to IEEE1 284 for bi direc tional communication m Wa 2 9 Connecting the Modular Cable if equipped with fax func tions Actions Checks Remarks 1 Connect one end of the modular cable to the terminal L and the other end to the socket of the telephone If both telephone and fax are to be used connect the modular cable from the telephone or answering machine to the telephone terminal 3 10 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 3 INSTALLATION 2 10 Connecting the Power Cord Actions Checks remarks 1 Connect the power cord 2 11 Fitting the Delivery Tray Actions Checks remarks 1 Mount the delivery tray 2 12 Checking the Copy Images Actions Checks remarks 1 Execute the following in user mode to stir toner 6 ADJUST CLEAN
312. troller PCB J205 normal NO Correct it If the problem cannot be corrected replace the faulty part Drum unit 4 Try replacing the drum unit Is the problem corrected YES End Developing unit DC controller PCB 5 Try replacing the developing unit Is the problem corrected YES End NO Replace the DC controller PCB Contact sensor LED intensity auto adjustment adjustment 6 Execute contact sensor LED intensity auto adjustment adjustment Is the problem corrected See 1 2 4 1 of Chapter 7 YES End Connector 7 Is the connection of the following controller normal J501 and J503 on the analog processor PCB J317 on the image processor PCB J504 of the contact sensor NO Connect them firmly If the flexible cable has a scratch replace it Contact sensor 8 Try replacing the contact sensor Is the problem corrected YES End Analog processor PCB Image processor PCB 9 Try replacing the analog processor PCB Is the problem corrected YES End NO Replace the image processor PCB COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 7 37 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 4 Troubleshooting Malfunctions 4 1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions service error E000 Action E001 Main cause Action 7 38 The error history indicates any of the following error codes 4 times E001 E002 E003 1 Clear the error Execute 4 PRINTER RESET under 7 PRINTER in service mode to clear the error then turn bac
313. uit all conditions The CPU will identify main thermistor open circuit if the A D conversion value of the output voltage from the main thermistor is in excess of a specific value for 1 sec or more f Overheating 2 all conditions The CPU will identify overheating 2 if the sub thermistor detects 300 C 572 or higher for 0 2 sec over more continuously g Sub Thermistor Error Low Temperature 1 warm up The CPU will identify sub thermistor error low temperature 1 if the temperature reading is lower than 75 167 for 1 sec or more 10 sec after the heater is first supplied with power h Sub Thermistor Error Low Temperature 2 cool down The CPU will identify sub thermistor error low temperature 2 if all the following condi tions exit when the heater is off after printing ends and the trailing edge of the paper moves past the delivery sensor e the thermistor reading is lower than 75 C 167 when the heater is off e printing has not been cancelled in the middle e error has occurred during printing e the thermistor reading is lower than 75 C 167 before the trailing edge of the paper moves past the delivery sensor 4 30 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 4 OPERATION 7 Power Supply System 7 1 Low Voltage Circuit 7 1 1 Low Voltage Power Supply Circuit The machine s DC power supply is generated by the power supply PCB The AC power arriving at the power supply PCB is convert
314. um of prints from PC and report prints 302 not used 303 not used 304 not used 331 PDL indicates prints from PC only 332 not used 333 not used 334 not used 505 scan 506 not used 507 not used 508 not used 701 received print 702 not used 703 not used 704 not used 801 report print 802 not used 803 not used 804 not used COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 2 53 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE Guide to the Table Y available for the machine Setting Basic counter Copy PDL print total total 1 101 copy total 1 print total 1 PDL total 1 received print total 1 report print total 1 scan total 1 2 54 201 301 331 x ox 701 801 505 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC Received print Report print Scan CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 3 7 SPECIAL Setting 4A SPECIAL A Do not change the setting otherwise the machine may malfunction 3 8 NCU Setting 4B NCU TYPE so that all values will comply with the communications standards of The settings of this item are collectively set in relation to the setting of 5 a specific country region 3 9 ISDN Setting 4C ISDN Not used 3 10 Country Region of Installation 5 TYPE When a country region is selected for the indicated list the data under 4 NCU will be set to suit the communication standards of the county regio
315. upper cover 1 3 Remove the 2 screws 2 4 Remove the 2 hooks 3 and detach the plate 4 5 Remove the 2 ribs 5 and detach the 6 5 delivery roll unit 6 6 5 F05 207 06 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 5 57 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 6 Free the harness 7 from the harness 9 10 guide 8 and detach the fixing film unit 9 7 Remove the fixing pressure roller 10 F05 207 07 2 7 3 Removing the Delivery Sensor 1 Remove the fixing assembly See 2 7 1 2 Disconnect the connector 1 3 Free the 2 hooks 2 and detach the de livery sensor 3 2 F05 207 08 5 58 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 2 8 ADF System if equipped with ADF functions 2 8 1 Externals Auxiliary Control System 2 8 1 1 Removing the ADF 1 Remove the rear cover See 2 1 1 1 2 Remove the right cover See 2 1 1 2 3 Remove the screw 1 and detach the ADF harness cover 2 4 Remove the harness retainer 3 5 Remove the screws 4 and disconnect the grounding wire from the core 6 Disconnect the connector 5 F05 208 02 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series
316. us ing the telephone line terminal and the speaker Tonal signal reception test Use it to monitor a specific frequency and the DTMF signal re ceived from the telephone line terminal by causing them to be indicated on the LCD 1 the presence absence as detected The reception signal is generated by the speaker V 34 G3 signal transmission test The modem sends V 34 G3 signals from the modular jack and speaker 3 21 6 1 Relay Test Press l on the keypad on the Modem NCU Test menu to select relay test mode Use the keypad to operate the various relays of the NCU eration signal as is operated on the keypad for this reason you cannot use The LCD is turned on or off in relation to the transmission of the relay op the LCD to check a fault on a single relay RELAY 1 010000 1 relay ON 1 1 P ON 2 relay OFF 10 00 0 Relay CML PS HDR Keypad 0 12 3 4 5 F02 321 10 2 84 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 3 21 6 2 Frequency Test A press on 2 on the keypad from the MODEM NCU Test menu selects the frequency test In this test signals of the following frequencies from the modem are transmitted using the telephone line terminal and the speaker To select a different frequency use the keypad Keypad Frequency 1 462 Hz 1100 Hz 1300 Hz 1500 Hz 1650 Hz 1850 Hz 2100 Hz RU DE The frequency and the output level of individua
317. ve the 2 screws 8 and detach the fan 9 When mounting the fan pay attention to the direc al tion of its current 5f WT r3 Be cu J i F05 201 28 5 18 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 2 1 6 Removing the Reader Unit Slide Detecting Switch 1 Remove the upper cover See 2 1 1 8 2 Free the 2 hooks 1 and detach the reader unit slide detecting switch 2 F05 201 29 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 5 19 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 2 1 7 Removing the Toner Supply Cover Switch 1 Remove the front cover See 2 1 1 4 2 Disconnect the connector 1 and re 2 move the screw 2 then remove the 7 z toner supply cover open closed detect po h ing switch 3 08 A J 2 C gt ay E 00 la 3 A E Je el E 17 290 O Li TS Pr F05 201 30 2 1 8 Removing the Humidity Sensor 1 Remove the front cover See 2 1 1 4 2 Disconnect the connector 1 and re move the screw 2 then detach the hu midity sensor 3 F05 201 31 5 20 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 5 MECHANICAL SYSTEM 2 1 9
318. ver with step 2 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 7 13 CHAPTER 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 1 3 4 4 Leading Edge Read Start Position Adjustment 1 2 Adjust the leading edge start position for ADF mode as follows Make a copy of the test sheet in ADF mode on paper of the same size in Direct See 1 2 2 of Chapter 7 Measure the length of L on the copy 1 obtained by subtracting the leading edge mar gin from the position of the line found 10 mm from the leading edge it must be 7 0 5 mm Leading edge margin L lt gt feeding direction Copy of the test sheet F07 103 07 Press the Additional Functions key and the key to start service mode Press the Left Right Arrow key so that 6 SCANNER is indicated Press the OK key Press the Left Right Arrow key so that 7 CCD is indicated Press the OK key Press the Left Right Arrow key so that the 2nd row of the LCD indicates 024 Enter an appropriate correction value using the Left Right Arrow key so that the length of L measured in step 2 is 7 mm An increase of 1 will increase the length of L by about 0 1 mm 10 Press the OK key 11 Press the Stop key to end SCANNER 12 Make a copy of the test sheet in ADF mode on paper of the same size in Direct then check to make sure that the length of L on the copy is as indicated 13 End the work if the length of L is as i
319. versal 127V iR1230 500 sheet 4 230V 500 sheet 4 230V 250 sheet 4 230V 250 sheet 4 230V 250 sheet 4 230V 250 sheet 4 230V 250 sheet 4 230V 250 sheet 4 230V iR1270F 250 sheet 4 AR3E 230V MTG y y 500 sheet A4 2R2E 230V UPA y 250 sheet 4 AR3E 230V mmo zw v xoa mig sm 120v iR1330 AWS 500 sheet LTR LGL 3R2E 120V iR1370F ZUB 500 sheet LTR LGL 3R2E 120V The notation V indicates that the item in question is available iv COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CONTENTS Contents CHAPTER 1 PRODUCT OUTLINE Specifications nes 1 1 Type ie 1 1 122 Mechanism sn 1 1 1 37 MONCH ONS ee 1 2 l4 Ns ne 1 4 1 Reproduction 1 5 1 6 Copying 1 6 1 6 1 Copying Speed AB type jj in us 1 6 1 6 2 Copying Speed Inch type 1 7 1 7 ADF if equipped with ADF TUNCHONS neo 1 8 1 8 FAX if equipped fax functions 1 9 1 8 1 Communications specifications 1 9 1 8 2 Scanner section specifications 1 10 1 8 3 Printer section specifications 1 10 1 84 Functions hisser 1 11 2 Names OF PANS isse tester tita 1 15 2I External VIEN a ss 1 15 2 1 1 Body ADF type 1 15 2 1 2 Body copyboard type 1 16 2 1 3 ADF if equipped with ADF functio
320. xecution of a pickup retry the paper leading edge sensor PS102 does not detect the leading edge of paper within a specific period of time or no paper exists at time of a pickup retry b Paper Leading Edge Sensor Stationary Jam After the paper leading edge sensor PS102 has detected the leading edge of paper the paper leading edge sensor PS102 does not detect the trailing edge of paper within a spe cific period of time c Delivery Sensor Leading Edge Delay Jam After the paper leading edge sensor PS102 has detected the leading edge of paper the delivery sensor PS3 does not detect the trailing edge of paper within a specific period of time d Fixing Wrap Jam After the delivery sensor PS3 has detected the leading edge of paper the delivery sensor PS3 detects the absence of paper before a specific period of time e Delivery Sensor Trailing Edge Delay Jam After the delivery sensor PS3 has detected the leading edge of paper the delivery sensor PS3 does not detect the trailing edge of paper within a specific period of time f Delivery Sensor Stationary Jam As part of operation after a pickup delay jam the delivery sensor PS3 detects the trailing edge of paper however the delivery sensor PS3 once again detects the trail ing edge of paper the laser is forced OFF and a specific period of time passes As part of operation after a pickup delay jam the delivery sensor PS3 detects paper the laser is forced OF
321. y Select it to indicate the telephone number sent by the other party CSI signal data If a change is made using a means other than one touch dialing or speed di AE aling the telephone number sent by the other party CSI signal data will be Memo indicated on the report even when number of caller is selected 2 44 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 1 SSSW S26 transmission function setting Bit Function 1 0 Factory setting 0 not used 1 not used 2 broadcast transmission confir ask do not ask 0 mation 3 broadcast transmission prohibi ask do not ask 0 tion 4 not used z 5 not used 6 other party at time of broadcast single party all parties 0 transmission suspension 7 error TX report at time of trans do not generate generate 0 mission suspension Bit 2 Use it to specify whether or not to indicate a confirm message to prevent the user from making a broadcast by mistake when entering an address for a broadcast transmission Bit 3 Use it to specify whether or not to use broadcast transmission to prevent the user from making a broadcast by mistake when entering an address for a broadcast transmission Bit 6 Use it to specify whether or not to suspend a communication to all parties when a broad cast transmission is suspended Bit 7 Use it to specify whether or not to generate an error TX report when a transmission
322. ystem dump list and 5 3 18 ROM Indication 13 ROM The following is a list of the items particulars for ROM indication mode Item Description MAIN Use it to indicate the version of the ROM on the image processor PCB MAIN2 Use it to indicate the version of the CPU on the image processor PCB ECONT Use it to indicate the version of the ROM on the DC controller PCB PDL Use it to indicate the version of the ROM on the printer controller PCB 3 19 Resetting the Contact Sensor Position 14 CS SET Not used 2 62 COPYRIGHT 2002 CANON INC CANON iR1200 iR1300 Series REV 0 AUG 2002 CHAPTER 2 USING THE MACHINE 3 20 Service Mode Default Setting TYPE 1 SSSW SWOI SWO02 SW03 SW04 SW05 SW06 SW07 SW08 SWO09 SWIO SWII SWI2 SW13 SW14 SWIS SW16 SW17 SW18 SW19 SW20 SW21 SW22 SW23 SW24 SW25 SW26 SW27 SW28 SW29 SW30 SW33 2 MENU 05 06 07 08 09 10 EUROPE 00010000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 10000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000010 00000000 00000010 00000000 0000001 1 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 OFF DIAL 10 3429 33 6 25Hz U K 00010000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 10000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000010 00000000 00000010 00000000 00000011 00000000 00000000 00000000

Canon IR 1200, 1300 Service Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents